Compare commits
54 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
| fa107635c9 | |||
| e58e557efc | |||
| bc2f72c49e | |||
| 1798ae9e27 | |||
| 19d945f88b | |||
| dcbbd8d589 | |||
| 37704af83d | |||
| 630e35efd9 | |||
| 513e5e9a9b | |||
| e26c0ecc02 | |||
| b6de4314df | |||
| 46e332c285 | |||
| 7d18802b8f | |||
| 6b2bb1c916 | |||
| ed6da11aff | |||
| 0cce0577f3 | |||
| 0b43c77d5d | |||
| 36c6681975 | |||
| d61f4e0170 | |||
| 66455f2a22 | |||
| cfce328c98 | |||
| 346552f0ef | |||
| f05975def6 | |||
| 871b6c95d6 | |||
| f84c40a48b | |||
| 6072cad59c | |||
| 9af3f8dd82 | |||
| 1dc48c3eba | |||
| 44eb2510c7 | |||
| b319f291be | |||
| 193806b4bd | |||
| bf3f294112 | |||
| 9e278a6bb8 | |||
| b11c7df9b5 | |||
| d750fa7f73 | |||
| b3feaedb0f | |||
| e0421cc784 | |||
| 802e02c634 | |||
| 13aaf1dff3 | |||
| a333641abd | |||
| ba40e4d71b | |||
| 1171449681 | |||
| 9ad6f53cb1 | |||
| 3ad5bc01d7 | |||
| 944f898648 | |||
| bcdca262ed | |||
| 6a28c2daef | |||
| 444fe83888 | |||
| 4638998471 | |||
| 91514f00bf | |||
| 9c28aa8d1e | |||
| eafbb08dd3 | |||
| c72e1327bd | |||
| d83d1a4fd6 |
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#include "Source/PCH/pch.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -9,9 +9,11 @@
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/FileUtil.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/Log.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// This shouldn't be a global, at least not here.
|
||||
extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
|
||||
static bool s_audio_dump_start = false;
|
||||
@@ -22,34 +24,42 @@ namespace AudioCommon
|
||||
static const int AUDIO_VOLUME_MIN = 0;
|
||||
static const int AUDIO_VOLUME_MAX = 100;
|
||||
|
||||
void InitSoundStream()
|
||||
void InitSoundStream(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_sound_stream = std::make_unique<OpenEmuAudioStream>();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!g_sound_stream->Init())
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(AUDIO, "Could not initialize backend");
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(AUDIO, "Could not initialize backend");
|
||||
g_sound_stream = std::make_unique<NullSound>();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream();
|
||||
SetSoundStreamRunning(true);
|
||||
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().m_DumpAudio && !s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StartAudioDump();
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream(system);
|
||||
SetSoundStreamRunning(system, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ShutdownSoundStream()
|
||||
void PostInitSoundStream(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(AUDIO, "Shutting down sound stream");
|
||||
// This needs to be called after AudioInterface::Init and SerialInterface::Init (for GBA devices)
|
||||
// where input sample rates are set
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream(system);
|
||||
SetSoundStreamRunning(system, true);
|
||||
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().m_DumpAudio && s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StopAudioDump();
|
||||
if (Config::Get(Config::MAIN_DUMP_AUDIO) && !s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StartAudioDump(system);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ShutdownSoundStream(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG_FMT(AUDIO, "Shutting down sound stream");
|
||||
|
||||
SetSoundStreamRunning(false);
|
||||
if (Config::Get(Config::MAIN_DUMP_AUDIO) && s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StopAudioDump(system);
|
||||
|
||||
SetSoundStreamRunning(system, false);
|
||||
g_sound_stream.reset();
|
||||
|
||||
INFO_LOG(AUDIO, "Done shutting down sound stream");
|
||||
INFO_LOG_FMT(AUDIO, "Done shutting down sound stream");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetDefaultSoundBackend()
|
||||
@@ -88,16 +98,16 @@ DPL2Quality GetDefaultDPL2Quality()
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void UpdateSoundStream()
|
||||
void UpdateSoundStream(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_sound_stream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int volume = SConfig::GetInstance().m_IsMuted ? 0 : SConfig::GetInstance().m_Volume;
|
||||
int volume = Config::Get(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_MUTED) ? 0 : Config::Get(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME);
|
||||
g_sound_stream->SetVolume(volume);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSoundStreamRunning(bool running)
|
||||
void SetSoundStreamRunning(Core::System& system, bool running)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_sound_stream)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
@@ -109,20 +119,20 @@ DPL2Quality GetDefaultDPL2Quality()
|
||||
if (g_sound_stream->SetRunning(running))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (running)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(AUDIO, "Error starting stream.");
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(AUDIO, "Error starting stream.");
|
||||
else
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(AUDIO, "Error stopping stream.");
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(AUDIO, "Error stopping stream.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SendAIBuffer(const short* samples, unsigned int num_samples)
|
||||
void SendAIBuffer(Core::System& system, const short* samples, unsigned int num_samples)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_sound_stream)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().m_DumpAudio && !s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StartAudioDump();
|
||||
else if (!SConfig::GetInstance().m_DumpAudio && s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StopAudioDump();
|
||||
if (Config::Get(Config::MAIN_DUMP_AUDIO) && !s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StartAudioDump(system);
|
||||
else if (!Config::Get(Config::MAIN_DUMP_AUDIO) && s_audio_dump_start)
|
||||
StopAudioDump(system);
|
||||
|
||||
Mixer* pMixer = g_sound_stream->GetMixer();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -130,11 +140,9 @@ DPL2Quality GetDefaultDPL2Quality()
|
||||
{
|
||||
pMixer->PushSamples(samples, num_samples);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
g_sound_stream->Update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StartAudioDump()
|
||||
void StartAudioDump(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string audio_file_name_dtk = File::GetUserPath(D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX) + "dtkdump.wav";
|
||||
std::string audio_file_name_dsp = File::GetUserPath(D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX) + "dspdump.wav";
|
||||
@@ -145,7 +153,7 @@ DPL2Quality GetDefaultDPL2Quality()
|
||||
s_audio_dump_start = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void StopAudioDump()
|
||||
void StopAudioDump(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_sound_stream)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
@@ -154,30 +162,32 @@ DPL2Quality GetDefaultDPL2Quality()
|
||||
s_audio_dump_start = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void IncreaseVolume(unsigned short offset)
|
||||
void IncreaseVolume(Core::System& system, unsigned short offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_IsMuted = false;
|
||||
int& currentVolume = SConfig::GetInstance().m_Volume;
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_MUTED, false);
|
||||
int currentVolume = Config::Get(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME);
|
||||
currentVolume += offset;
|
||||
if (currentVolume > AUDIO_VOLUME_MAX)
|
||||
currentVolume = AUDIO_VOLUME_MAX;
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream();
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME, currentVolume);
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream(system);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DecreaseVolume(unsigned short offset)
|
||||
void DecreaseVolume(Core::System& system, unsigned short offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_IsMuted = false;
|
||||
int& currentVolume = SConfig::GetInstance().m_Volume;
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_MUTED, false);
|
||||
int currentVolume = Config::Get(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME);
|
||||
currentVolume -= offset;
|
||||
if (currentVolume < AUDIO_VOLUME_MIN)
|
||||
currentVolume = AUDIO_VOLUME_MIN;
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream();
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME, currentVolume);
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream(system);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ToggleMuteVolume()
|
||||
void ToggleMuteVolume(Core::System& system)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool& isMuted = SConfig::GetInstance().m_IsMuted;
|
||||
isMuted = !isMuted;
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream();
|
||||
bool isMuted = Config::Get(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_MUTED);
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_MUTED, !isMuted);
|
||||
UpdateSoundStream(system);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} // namespace AudioCommon
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2022, OpenEmu Team
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
// * Neither the name of the OpenEmu Team nor the
|
||||
// names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
// derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY OpenEmu Team ''AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
// DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL OpenEmu Team BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
// (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
// ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
// SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __x86_64__
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Common/x64CPUDetect.cpp"
|
||||
#elif defined(__arm64__)
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Common/ArmCPUDetect.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2022, OpenEmu Team
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
// * Neither the name of the OpenEmu Team nor the
|
||||
// names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
// derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY OpenEmu Team ''AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
// DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL OpenEmu Team BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
// (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
// ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
// SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __x86_64__
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Common/x64FPURoundMode.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/FileUtil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <chrono>
|
||||
#include <cstddef>
|
||||
#include <cstdint>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <filesystem>
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stack>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <system_error>
|
||||
#include <thread>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Assert.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonFuncs.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonPaths.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
#include "Common/DynamicLibrary.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "Common/IOFile.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/Log.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/StringUtil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
#include <Windows.h>
|
||||
#include <Shlwapi.h>
|
||||
#include <commdlg.h> // for GetSaveFileName
|
||||
#include <direct.h> // getcwd
|
||||
#include <io.h>
|
||||
#include <objbase.h> // guid stuff
|
||||
#include <shellapi.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <dirent.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <libgen.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef OpenEmu
|
||||
#include "DolphinGameCore.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFBundle.h>
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFURL.h>
|
||||
#include <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
#include "jni/AndroidCommon/AndroidCommon.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
namespace fs = std::filesystem;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace File
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
static std::string s_android_sys_directory;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
static Common::DynamicLibrary s_security_framework;
|
||||
|
||||
using DolSecTranslocateIsTranslocatedURL = Boolean (*)(CFURLRef path, bool* isTranslocated,
|
||||
CFErrorRef* __nullable error);
|
||||
using DolSecTranslocateCreateOriginalPathForURL = CFURLRef
|
||||
__nullable (*)(CFURLRef translocatedPath, CFErrorRef* __nullable error);
|
||||
|
||||
static DolSecTranslocateIsTranslocatedURL s_is_translocated_url;
|
||||
static DolSecTranslocateCreateOriginalPathForURL s_create_orig_path;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const std::string& path) : FileInfo(path.c_str())
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const char* path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
if (IsPathAndroidContent(path))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const jlong result = GetAndroidContentSizeAndIsDirectory(path);
|
||||
m_status.type((result == -2) ? fs::file_type::directory : fs::file_type::regular);
|
||||
m_size = (result >= 0) ? result : 0;
|
||||
m_exists = result != -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
const auto fs_path = StringToPath(path);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
m_status = fs::status(fs_path, error);
|
||||
m_size = fs::file_size(fs_path, error);
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
m_size = 0;
|
||||
m_exists = fs::exists(m_status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::Exists() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_exists;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::IsDirectory() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return fs::is_directory(m_status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::IsFile() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Exists() ? !fs::is_directory(m_status) : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u64 FileInfo::GetSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!IsFile())
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return m_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists
|
||||
bool Exists(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).Exists();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists and is a directory
|
||||
bool IsDirectory(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).IsDirectory();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists and is a file
|
||||
bool IsFile(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).IsFile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a given filename, return true on success
|
||||
// Doesn't supports deleting a directory
|
||||
bool Delete(const std::string& filename, IfAbsentBehavior behavior)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: file {}", __func__, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
if (filename.starts_with("content://"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const bool success = DeleteAndroidContent(filename);
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} failed on {}", __func__, filename);
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
auto native_path = StringToPath(filename);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto status = fs::status(native_path, error);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return true because we care about the file not being there, not the actual delete.
|
||||
if (!fs::exists(status))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (behavior == IfAbsentBehavior::ConsoleWarning)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} does not exist", __func__, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// fs::remove can only delete an empty directory. Legacy dolphin behavior is just to bail.
|
||||
if (fs::is_directory(status))
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} failed: {} is a directory", __func__, filename);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!fs::remove(native_path, error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed on {}: {}", __func__, filename, error.message());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateDir(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: directory {}", __func__, path);
|
||||
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto native_path = StringToPath(path);
|
||||
bool success = fs::create_directory(native_path, error);
|
||||
// If the path was not created, check if it was a pre-existing directory
|
||||
std::error_code error_ignored;
|
||||
if (!success && fs::is_directory(native_path, error_ignored))
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed on {}: {}", __func__, path, error.message());
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateDirs(std::string_view path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: directory {}", __func__, path);
|
||||
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto native_path = StringToPath(path);
|
||||
bool success = fs::create_directories(native_path, error);
|
||||
// If the path was not created, check if it was a pre-existing directory
|
||||
std::error_code error_ignored;
|
||||
if (!success && fs::is_directory(native_path, error_ignored))
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed on {}: {}", __func__, path, error.message());
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateFullPath(std::string_view fullPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: path {}", __func__, fullPath);
|
||||
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto native_path = StringToPath(fullPath).parent_path();
|
||||
bool success = fs::create_directories(native_path, error);
|
||||
// If the path was not created, check if it was a pre-existing directory
|
||||
std::error_code error_ignored;
|
||||
if (!success && fs::is_directory(native_path, error_ignored))
|
||||
success = true;
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed on {}: {}", __func__, fullPath, error.message());
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a directory filename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool DeleteDir(const std::string& filename, IfAbsentBehavior behavior)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: directory {}", __func__, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
auto native_path = StringToPath(filename);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto status = fs::status(native_path, error);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return true because we care about the directory not being there, not the actual delete.
|
||||
if (!fs::exists(status))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (behavior == IfAbsentBehavior::ConsoleWarning)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} does not exist", __func__, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// check if a directory
|
||||
if (!fs::is_directory(status))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: Not a directory {}", __func__, filename);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!fs::remove(native_path, error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed on {}: {}", __func__, filename, error.message());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// renames file srcFilename to destFilename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool Rename(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} --> {}", __func__, srcFilename, destFilename);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
std::filesystem::rename(StringToPath(srcFilename), StringToPath(destFilename), error);
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} failed: {} --> {}: {}", __func__, srcFilename, destFilename,
|
||||
error.message());
|
||||
}
|
||||
return !error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
static void FSyncPath(const char* path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
|
||||
if (fd != -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fsync(fd);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
bool RenameSync(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Rename(srcFilename, destFilename))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
int fd = -1;
|
||||
// XXX is this really needed?
|
||||
errno_t err = _wsopen_s(&fd, UTF8ToWString(srcFilename).c_str(), _O_RDONLY, _SH_DENYNO,
|
||||
_S_IREAD | _S_IWRITE);
|
||||
if (!err && fd >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (_commit(fd) != 0)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} sync failed on {}: {}", __func__, srcFilename, err);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char* path = strdup(srcFilename.c_str());
|
||||
FSyncPath(path);
|
||||
FSyncPath(dirname(path));
|
||||
free(path);
|
||||
path = strdup(destFilename.c_str());
|
||||
FSyncPath(dirname(path));
|
||||
free(path);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool CopyRegularFile(std::string_view source_path, std::string_view destination_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} --> {}", __func__, source_path, destination_path);
|
||||
|
||||
auto src_path = StringToPath(source_path);
|
||||
auto dst_path = StringToPath(destination_path);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
bool copied = fs::copy_file(src_path, dst_path, fs::copy_options::overwrite_existing, error);
|
||||
if (!copied)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed {} --> {}: {}", __func__, source_path, destination_path,
|
||||
error.message());
|
||||
}
|
||||
return copied;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the size of a file (or returns 0 if the path isn't a file that exists)
|
||||
u64 GetSize(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).GetSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Overloaded GetSize, accepts FILE*
|
||||
u64 GetSize(FILE* f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// can't use off_t here because it can be 32-bit
|
||||
const u64 pos = ftello(f);
|
||||
if (fseeko(f, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "GetSize: seek failed {}: {}", fmt::ptr(f), LastStrerrorString());
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const u64 size = ftello(f);
|
||||
if ((size != pos) && (fseeko(f, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "GetSize: seek failed {}: {}", fmt::ptr(f), LastStrerrorString());
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// creates an empty file filename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool CreateEmptyFile(const std::string& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "CreateEmptyFile: {}", filename);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!File::IOFile(filename, "wb"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "CreateEmptyFile: failed {}: {}", filename, LastStrerrorString());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
static FSTEntry ScanDirectoryTreeAndroidContent(std::string directory, bool recursive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FSTEntry parent_entry;
|
||||
parent_entry.physicalName = directory;
|
||||
parent_entry.isDirectory = true;
|
||||
parent_entry.size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (const auto& child_name : GetAndroidContentChildNames(directory))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const auto physical_name = directory + DIR_SEP + child_name;
|
||||
const FileInfo file_info(physical_name);
|
||||
FSTEntry entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry.isDirectory = file_info.IsDirectory();
|
||||
if (entry.isDirectory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (recursive)
|
||||
entry = ScanDirectoryTreeAndroidContent(physical_name, true);
|
||||
else
|
||||
entry.size = 0;
|
||||
parent_entry.size += entry.size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
entry.size = file_info.GetSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
entry.virtualName = child_name;
|
||||
entry.physicalName = physical_name;
|
||||
|
||||
++parent_entry.size;
|
||||
parent_entry.children.push_back(entry);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return parent_entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Recursive or non-recursive list of files and directories under directory.
|
||||
FSTEntry ScanDirectoryTree(std::string directory, bool recursive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: directory {}", __func__, directory);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
if (IsPathAndroidContent(directory))
|
||||
return ScanDirectoryTreeAndroidContent(directory, recursive);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
auto path_to_physical_name = [](const fs::path& path) {
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
// TODO Ideally this would not be needed - dolphin really should not have code directly mucking
|
||||
// about with directory separators (for host paths - emulated paths may require it) and instead
|
||||
// use fs::path to interact with them.
|
||||
auto wpath = path.wstring();
|
||||
std::replace(wpath.begin(), wpath.end(), L'\\', L'/');
|
||||
return WStringToUTF8(wpath);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return PathToString(path);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
auto dirent_to_fstent = [&](const fs::directory_entry& entry) {
|
||||
return FSTEntry{
|
||||
.isDirectory = entry.is_directory(),
|
||||
.size = entry.is_directory() ? 0 : entry.file_size(),
|
||||
.physicalName = path_to_physical_name(entry.path()),
|
||||
.virtualName = PathToString(entry.path().filename()),
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
auto calc_dir_size = [](FSTEntry* dir) {
|
||||
dir->size += dir->children.size();
|
||||
for (auto& child : dir->children)
|
||||
if (child.isDirectory)
|
||||
dir->size += child.size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const auto directory_path = StringToPath(directory);
|
||||
|
||||
FSTEntry parent_entry;
|
||||
parent_entry.physicalName = path_to_physical_name(directory_path);
|
||||
parent_entry.isDirectory = fs::is_directory(directory_path);
|
||||
parent_entry.size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
if (recursive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int prev_depth = 0;
|
||||
std::stack<FSTEntry*> dir_fsts;
|
||||
dir_fsts.push(&parent_entry);
|
||||
for (auto it = fs::recursive_directory_iterator(directory_path, error);
|
||||
it != fs::recursive_directory_iterator(); it.increment(error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int cur_depth = it.depth();
|
||||
if (cur_depth > prev_depth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dir_fsts.push(&dir_fsts.top()->children.back());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cur_depth < prev_depth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (dir_fsts.size() - 1 != cur_depth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
calc_dir_size(dir_fsts.top());
|
||||
dir_fsts.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
dir_fsts.top()->children.emplace_back(dirent_to_fstent(*it));
|
||||
prev_depth = cur_depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (dir_fsts.size())
|
||||
{
|
||||
calc_dir_size(dir_fsts.top());
|
||||
dir_fsts.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (auto it = fs::directory_iterator(directory_path, error); it != fs::directory_iterator();
|
||||
it.increment(error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
parent_entry.children.emplace_back(dirent_to_fstent(*it));
|
||||
}
|
||||
calc_dir_size(&parent_entry);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// NOTE Possibly partial file list still returned
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} error on {}: {}", __func__, directory, error.message());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return parent_entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes the given directory and anything under it. Returns true on success.
|
||||
bool DeleteDirRecursively(const std::string& directory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {}", __func__, directory);
|
||||
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
const std::uintmax_t num_removed = std::filesystem::remove_all(StringToPath(directory), error);
|
||||
const bool success = num_removed != 0 && !error;
|
||||
if (!success)
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} failed {}", __func__, directory, error.message());
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Copy(std::string_view source_path, std::string_view dest_path, bool overwrite_existing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} --> {} ({})", __func__, source_path, dest_path,
|
||||
overwrite_existing ? "overwrite" : "preserve");
|
||||
|
||||
auto src_path = StringToPath(source_path);
|
||||
auto dst_path = StringToPath(dest_path);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto options = fs::copy_options::recursive;
|
||||
if (overwrite_existing)
|
||||
options |= fs::copy_options::overwrite_existing;
|
||||
fs::copy(src_path, dst_path, options, error);
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::error_code error_ignored;
|
||||
if (fs::equivalent(src_path, dst_path, error_ignored))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed {} --> {} ({}): {}", __func__, source_path, dest_path,
|
||||
overwrite_existing ? "overwrite" : "preserve", error.message());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool MoveWithOverwrite(const std::filesystem::path& src, const std::filesystem::path& dst,
|
||||
std::error_code& error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fs::rename(src, dst, error);
|
||||
if (!error)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// rename failed, try fallbacks
|
||||
|
||||
if (!fs::is_directory(src))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// src is not a directory (ie, probably a file), try to copy file + delete
|
||||
if (!fs::copy_file(src, dst, fs::copy_options::overwrite_existing, error))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!fs::remove(src, error))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// src is a directory, recurse into it and try to move all sub-elements one by one
|
||||
// this usually happens because the target is a non-empty directory
|
||||
for (fs::directory_iterator it(src, error); it != fs::directory_iterator(); it.increment(error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!MoveWithOverwrite(it->path(), dst / it->path().filename(), error))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// all sub-elements moved, remove top directory
|
||||
if (!fs::remove(src, error))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool MoveWithOverwrite(std::string_view source_path, std::string_view dest_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: {} --> {}", __func__, source_path, dest_path);
|
||||
auto src_path = StringToPath(source_path);
|
||||
auto dst_path = StringToPath(dest_path);
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
if (!MoveWithOverwrite(src_path, dst_path, error))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{}: failed {} --> {}: {}", __func__, source_path, dest_path,
|
||||
error.message());
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the current directory
|
||||
std::string GetCurrentDir()
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto directory = PathToString(fs::current_path(error));
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} failed: {}", __func__, error.message());
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
}
|
||||
return directory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the current directory to the given directory
|
||||
bool SetCurrentDir(const std::string& directory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
fs::current_path(StringToPath(directory), error);
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "{} failed: {}", __func__, error.message());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string CreateTempDir()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
TCHAR temp[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
if (!GetTempPath(MAX_PATH, temp))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
|
||||
GUID guid;
|
||||
if (FAILED(CoCreateGuid(&guid)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
OLECHAR tguid[40]{};
|
||||
if (!StringFromGUID2(guid, tguid, _countof(tguid)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::string dir = TStrToUTF8(temp) + "/" + TStrToUTF8(tguid);
|
||||
if (!CreateDir(dir))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
dir = ReplaceAll(dir, "\\", DIR_SEP);
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const char* base = getenv("TMPDIR") ?: "/tmp";
|
||||
std::string path = std::string(base) + "/DolphinWii.XXXXXX";
|
||||
if (!mkdtemp(&path[0]))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetTempFilenameForAtomicWrite(std::string path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto absolute_path = fs::absolute(StringToPath(path), error);
|
||||
if (!error)
|
||||
path = PathToString(absolute_path);
|
||||
return std::move(path) + ".xxx";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
std::string GetBundleDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
//OpenEmu
|
||||
GET_CURRENT_OR_RETURN("");
|
||||
|
||||
return [current getBundlePath];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetExePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
auto exe_path = GetModuleName(nullptr);
|
||||
if (!exe_path)
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
std::error_code error;
|
||||
auto exe_path_absolute = fs::absolute(exe_path.value(), error);
|
||||
if (error)
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
return PathToString(exe_path_absolute);
|
||||
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
return GetBundleDirectory();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char dolphin_exe_path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
ssize_t len = ::readlink("/proc/self/exe", dolphin_exe_path, sizeof(dolphin_exe_path));
|
||||
if (len == -1 || len == sizeof(dolphin_exe_path))
|
||||
{
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dolphin_exe_path[len] = '\0';
|
||||
return dolphin_exe_path;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetExeDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return PathToString(StringToPath(GetExePath()).parent_path());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static std::string CreateSysDirectoryPath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(LINUX_LOCAL_DEV)
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "Sys"
|
||||
#elif defined __APPLE__
|
||||
//openemu
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "Sys"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef DATA_DIR
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR DATA_DIR "sys"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "sys"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
const std::string sys_directory = GetBundleDirectory() + DIR_SEP SYSDATA_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(LINUX_LOCAL_DEV)
|
||||
const std::string sys_directory = GetExeDirectory() + DIR_SEP SYSDATA_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
#elif defined ANDROID
|
||||
const std::string sys_directory = s_android_sys_directory + DIR_SEP;
|
||||
ASSERT_MSG(COMMON, !s_android_sys_directory.empty(), "Sys directory has not been set");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const std::string sys_directory = SYSDATA_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
INFO_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "CreateSysDirectoryPath: Setting to {}", sys_directory);
|
||||
return sys_directory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const std::string& GetSysDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const std::string sys_directory = CreateSysDirectoryPath();
|
||||
return sys_directory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
void SetSysDirectory(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG_FMT(COMMON, "Setting Sys directory to {}", path);
|
||||
ASSERT_MSG(COMMON, s_android_sys_directory.empty(), "Sys directory already set to {}",
|
||||
s_android_sys_directory);
|
||||
s_android_sys_directory = path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static std::string s_user_paths[NUM_PATH_INDICES];
|
||||
static void RebuildUserDirectories(unsigned int dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case D_USER_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + GC_USER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_WIIROOT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + WII_USER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + CONFIG_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GAMESETTINGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + GAMESETTINGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAPS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + MAPS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + CACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_COVERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + COVERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_REDUMPCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + REDUMPCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SHADERS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_STATESAVES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + STATESAVES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SCREENSHOTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SCREENSHOTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + LOAD_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_HIRESTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + HIRES_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_RIIVOLUTION_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + RIIVOLUTION_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + DUMP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPFRAMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_FRAMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPOBJECTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_OBJECTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_AUDIO_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPDSP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_DSP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPSSL_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_SSL_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAILLOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIL_LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_THEMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + THEMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_STYLES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + STYLES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_PIPES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + PIPES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_WFSROOT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + WFSROOT_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_BACKUP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + BACKUP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_RESOURCEPACK_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + RESOURCEPACK_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DYNAMICINPUT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + DYNAMICINPUT_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GRAPHICSMOD_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + GRAPHICSMOD_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_WIISDCARDSYNCFOLDER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + WIISDSYNC_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DOLPHIN_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIIPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + WIIPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCKEYBOARDCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCKEYBOARD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GFXCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GFX_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DEBUGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DEBUGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_LOGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + LOGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENTCONFIG_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENT_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FREELOOKCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + FREELOOK_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MAINLOG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIN_LOG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM1DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM1_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM2DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM2_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_ARAMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + ARAM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FAKEVMEMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + FAKEVMEM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCSRAM_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] + GC_SRAM;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIISDCARDIMAGE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + WII_SD_CARD_IMAGE;
|
||||
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEMORYWATCHERLOCATIONS_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_LOCATIONS;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEMORYWATCHERSOCKET_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_SOCKET;
|
||||
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GBAUSER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + GBA_USER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GBASAVES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GBAUSER_IDX] + GBASAVES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GBABIOS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GBAUSER_IDX] + GBA_BIOS;
|
||||
|
||||
// The shader cache has moved to the cache directory, so remove the old one.
|
||||
// TODO: remove that someday.
|
||||
File::DeleteDirRecursively(s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_LEGACY_DIR DIR_SEP);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_CONFIG_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DOLPHIN_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCKEYBOARDCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCKEYBOARD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIIPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + WIIPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GFXCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GFX_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DEBUGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DEBUGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_LOGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + LOGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENTCONFIG_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENT_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FREELOOKCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + FREELOOK_CONFIG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_CACHE_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_COVERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + COVERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_REDUMPCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + REDUMPCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_GCUSER_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCSRAM_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] + GC_SRAM;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_DUMP_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPFRAMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_FRAMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPOBJECTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_OBJECTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_AUDIO_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPDSP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_DSP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPSSL_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_SSL_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM1DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM1_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM2DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM2_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_ARAMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + ARAM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FAKEVMEMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + FAKEVMEM_DUMP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_LOGS_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAILLOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIL_LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MAINLOG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIN_LOG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_LOAD_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_HIRESTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + HIRES_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_RIIVOLUTION_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + RIIVOLUTION_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DYNAMICINPUT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + DYNAMICINPUT_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GRAPHICSMOD_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + GRAPHICSMOD_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets a set user directory path
|
||||
// Don't call prior to setting the base user directory
|
||||
const std::string& GetUserPath(unsigned int dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return s_user_paths[dir_index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets a user directory path
|
||||
// Rebuilds internal directory structure to compensate for the new directory
|
||||
void SetUserPath(unsigned int dir_index, std::string path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (path.empty())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
// On Windows, replace all '\' with '/' since we assume the latter in various places in the
|
||||
// codebase.
|
||||
for (char& c : path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c == '\\')
|
||||
c = '/';
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Directories should end with a separator, files should not.
|
||||
while (path.ends_with('/'))
|
||||
path.pop_back();
|
||||
if (path.empty())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
const bool is_directory = dir_index < FIRST_FILE_USER_PATH_IDX;
|
||||
if (is_directory)
|
||||
path.push_back('/');
|
||||
|
||||
s_user_paths[dir_index] = std::move(path);
|
||||
RebuildUserDirectories(dir_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetThemeDir(const std::string& theme_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string dir = File::GetUserPath(D_THEMES_IDX) + theme_name + "/";
|
||||
if (Exists(dir))
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the theme doesn't exist in the user dir, load from shared directory
|
||||
dir = GetSysDirectory() + THEMES_DIR "/" + theme_name + "/";
|
||||
if (Exists(dir))
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the theme doesn't exist at all, load the default theme
|
||||
return GetSysDirectory() + THEMES_DIR "/" DEFAULT_THEME_DIR "/";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool WriteStringToFile(const std::string& filename, std::string_view str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return File::IOFile(filename, "wb").WriteBytes(str.data(), str.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ReadFileToString(const std::string& filename, std::string& str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
File::IOFile file(filename, "rb");
|
||||
|
||||
if (!file)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
str.resize(file.GetSize());
|
||||
return file.ReadArray(str.data(), str.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace File
|
||||
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ Layer::~Layer()
|
||||
Save();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Layer::Exists(const ConfigLocation& location) const
|
||||
bool Layer::Exists(const Location& location) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const auto iter = m_map.find(location);
|
||||
return iter != m_map.end() && iter->second.has_value();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Layer::DeleteKey(const ConfigLocation& location)
|
||||
bool Layer::DeleteKey(const Location& location)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_is_dirty = true;
|
||||
bool had_value = false;
|
||||
@@ -68,19 +68,21 @@ void Layer::DeleteAllKeys()
|
||||
|
||||
Section Layer::GetSection(System system, const std::string& section)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Section{m_map.lower_bound(ConfigLocation{system, section, ""}),
|
||||
m_map.lower_bound(ConfigLocation{system, section + '\001', ""})};
|
||||
return Section{m_map.lower_bound(Location{system, section, ""}),
|
||||
m_map.lower_bound(Location{system, section + '\001', ""})};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ConstSection Layer::GetSection(System system, const std::string& section) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ConstSection{m_map.lower_bound(ConfigLocation{system, section, ""}),
|
||||
m_map.lower_bound(ConfigLocation{system, section + '\001', ""})};
|
||||
return ConstSection{m_map.lower_bound(Location{system, section, ""}),
|
||||
m_map.lower_bound(Location{system, section + '\001', ""})};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Layer::Load()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (m_loader)
|
||||
m_loader->Load(this);
|
||||
m_is_dirty = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Layer::Save()
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
|
||||
//// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
//// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
//// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +16,6 @@
|
||||
#include "AudioCommon/AudioCommon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Assert.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CDUtils.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonPaths.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Config/Config.h"
|
||||
@@ -31,12 +27,13 @@
|
||||
#include "Common/StringUtil.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/scmrev.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/Analytics.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Boot/Boot.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/CommonTitles.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/SYSCONFSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigLoaders/GameConfigLoader.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Core.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/System.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/FifoPlayer/FifoDataFile.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HLE/HLE.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/DVD/DVDInterface.h"
|
||||
@@ -83,574 +80,14 @@ SConfig::~SConfig()
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveSettings()
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG(BOOT, "Saving settings to %s", File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX).c_str());
|
||||
IniFile ini;
|
||||
ini.Load(File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX)); // load first to not kill unknown stuff
|
||||
|
||||
SaveGeneralSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveInterfaceSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveGameListSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveCoreSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveMovieSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveDSPSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveInputSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveFifoPlayerSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveAnalyticsSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveNetworkSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveBluetoothPassthroughSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveUSBPassthroughSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveAutoUpdateSettings(ini);
|
||||
SaveJitDebugSettings(ini);
|
||||
|
||||
ini.Save(File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX));
|
||||
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG_FMT(BOOT, "Saving settings to {}", File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX));
|
||||
Config::Save();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveGeneralSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* general = ini.GetOrCreateSection("General");
|
||||
|
||||
// General
|
||||
general->Set("ShowLag", m_ShowLag);
|
||||
general->Set("ShowFrameCount", m_ShowFrameCount);
|
||||
|
||||
// ISO folders
|
||||
// Clear removed folders
|
||||
int oldPaths;
|
||||
int numPaths = (int)m_ISOFolder.size();
|
||||
general->Get("ISOPaths", &oldPaths, 0);
|
||||
for (int i = numPaths; i < oldPaths; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ini.DeleteKey("General", fmt::format("ISOPath{}", i));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
general->Set("ISOPaths", numPaths);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < numPaths; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
general->Set(fmt::format("ISOPath{}", i), m_ISOFolder[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
general->Set("RecursiveISOPaths", m_RecursiveISOFolder);
|
||||
general->Set("WirelessMac", m_WirelessMac);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDBSTUB
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
general->Set("GDBSocket", gdb_socket);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
general->Set("GDBPort", iGDBPort);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveInterfaceSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* interface = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Interface");
|
||||
|
||||
interface->Set("ConfirmStop", bConfirmStop);
|
||||
interface->Set("UsePanicHandlers", bUsePanicHandlers);
|
||||
interface->Set("OnScreenDisplayMessages", bOnScreenDisplayMessages);
|
||||
interface->Set("HideCursor", bHideCursor);
|
||||
interface->Set("LanguageCode", m_InterfaceLanguage);
|
||||
interface->Set("ExtendedFPSInfo", m_InterfaceExtendedFPSInfo);
|
||||
interface->Set("ShowActiveTitle", m_show_active_title);
|
||||
interface->Set("UseBuiltinTitleDatabase", m_use_builtin_title_database);
|
||||
interface->Set("ThemeName", theme_name);
|
||||
interface->Set("PauseOnFocusLost", m_PauseOnFocusLost);
|
||||
interface->Set("DebugModeEnabled", bEnableDebugging);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveGameListSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* gamelist = ini.GetOrCreateSection("GameList");
|
||||
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListDrives", m_ListDrives);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListWad", m_ListWad);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListElfDol", m_ListElfDol);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListWii", m_ListWii);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListGC", m_ListGC);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListJap", m_ListJap);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListPal", m_ListPal);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListUsa", m_ListUsa);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListAustralia", m_ListAustralia);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListFrance", m_ListFrance);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListGermany", m_ListGermany);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListItaly", m_ListItaly);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListKorea", m_ListKorea);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListNetherlands", m_ListNetherlands);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListRussia", m_ListRussia);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListSpain", m_ListSpain);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListTaiwan", m_ListTaiwan);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListWorld", m_ListWorld);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListUnknown", m_ListUnknown);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListSort", m_ListSort);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ListSortSecondary", m_ListSort2);
|
||||
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnPlatform", m_showSystemColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnBanner", m_showBannerColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnDescription", m_showDescriptionColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnTitle", m_showTitleColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnNotes", m_showMakerColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnFileName", m_showFileNameColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnID", m_showIDColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnRegion", m_showRegionColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnSize", m_showSizeColumn);
|
||||
gamelist->Set("ColumnTags", m_showTagsColumn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveCoreSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* core = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Core");
|
||||
|
||||
core->Set("SkipIPL", bHLE_BS2);
|
||||
core->Set("TimingVariance", iTimingVariance);
|
||||
core->Set("CPUCore", cpu_core);
|
||||
core->Set("Fastmem", bFastmem);
|
||||
core->Set("CPUThread", bCPUThread);
|
||||
core->Set("DSPHLE", bDSPHLE);
|
||||
core->Set("SyncOnSkipIdle", bSyncGPUOnSkipIdleHack);
|
||||
core->Set("SyncGPU", bSyncGPU);
|
||||
core->Set("SyncGpuMaxDistance", iSyncGpuMaxDistance);
|
||||
core->Set("SyncGpuMinDistance", iSyncGpuMinDistance);
|
||||
core->Set("SyncGpuOverclock", fSyncGpuOverclock);
|
||||
core->Set("FPRF", bFPRF);
|
||||
core->Set("AccurateNaNs", bAccurateNaNs);
|
||||
core->Set("EnableCheats", bEnableCheats);
|
||||
core->Set("SelectedLanguage", SelectedLanguage);
|
||||
core->Set("OverrideRegionSettings", bOverrideRegionSettings);
|
||||
core->Set("DPL2Decoder", bDPL2Decoder);
|
||||
core->Set("AudioLatency", iLatency);
|
||||
core->Set("AudioStretch", m_audio_stretch);
|
||||
core->Set("AudioStretchMaxLatency", m_audio_stretch_max_latency);
|
||||
core->Set("AgpCartAPath", m_strGbaCartA);
|
||||
core->Set("AgpCartBPath", m_strGbaCartB);
|
||||
core->Set("SlotA", m_EXIDevice[0]);
|
||||
core->Set("SlotB", m_EXIDevice[1]);
|
||||
core->Set("SerialPort1", m_EXIDevice[2]);
|
||||
core->Set("BBA_MAC", m_bba_mac);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < SerialInterface::MAX_SI_CHANNELS; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
core->Set(fmt::format("SIDevice{}", i), m_SIDevice[i]);
|
||||
core->Set(fmt::format("AdapterRumble{}", i), m_AdapterRumble[i]);
|
||||
core->Set(fmt::format("SimulateKonga{}", i), m_AdapterKonga[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
core->Set("WiiSDCard", m_WiiSDCard);
|
||||
core->Set("WiiKeyboard", m_WiiKeyboard);
|
||||
core->Set("WiimoteContinuousScanning", m_WiimoteContinuousScanning);
|
||||
core->Set("WiimoteEnableSpeaker", m_WiimoteEnableSpeaker);
|
||||
core->Set("RunCompareServer", bRunCompareServer);
|
||||
core->Set("RunCompareClient", bRunCompareClient);
|
||||
core->Set("MMU", bMMU);
|
||||
core->Set("EmulationSpeed", m_EmulationSpeed);
|
||||
core->Set("Overclock", m_OCFactor);
|
||||
core->Set("OverclockEnable", m_OCEnable);
|
||||
core->Set("GFXBackend", m_strVideoBackend);
|
||||
core->Set("GPUDeterminismMode", m_strGPUDeterminismMode);
|
||||
core->Set("PerfMapDir", m_perfDir);
|
||||
core->Set("EnableCustomRTC", bEnableCustomRTC);
|
||||
core->Set("CustomRTCValue", m_customRTCValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveMovieSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* movie = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Movie");
|
||||
|
||||
movie->Set("PauseMovie", m_PauseMovie);
|
||||
movie->Set("Author", m_strMovieAuthor);
|
||||
movie->Set("DumpFrames", m_DumpFrames);
|
||||
movie->Set("DumpFramesSilent", m_DumpFramesSilent);
|
||||
movie->Set("ShowInputDisplay", m_ShowInputDisplay);
|
||||
movie->Set("ShowRTC", m_ShowRTC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveDSPSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* dsp = ini.GetOrCreateSection("DSP");
|
||||
|
||||
dsp->Set("EnableJIT", m_DSPEnableJIT);
|
||||
dsp->Set("DumpAudio", m_DumpAudio);
|
||||
dsp->Set("DumpAudioSilent", m_DumpAudioSilent);
|
||||
dsp->Set("DumpUCode", m_DumpUCode);
|
||||
dsp->Set("Backend", sBackend);
|
||||
dsp->Set("Volume", m_Volume);
|
||||
dsp->Set("CaptureLog", m_DSPCaptureLog);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
dsp->Set("WASAPIDevice", sWASAPIDevice);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveInputSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* input = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Input");
|
||||
|
||||
input->Set("BackgroundInput", m_BackgroundInput);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveFifoPlayerSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* fifoplayer = ini.GetOrCreateSection("FifoPlayer");
|
||||
|
||||
fifoplayer->Set("LoopReplay", bLoopFifoReplay);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveNetworkSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* network = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Network");
|
||||
|
||||
network->Set("SSLDumpRead", m_SSLDumpRead);
|
||||
network->Set("SSLDumpWrite", m_SSLDumpWrite);
|
||||
network->Set("SSLVerifyCertificates", m_SSLVerifyCert);
|
||||
network->Set("SSLDumpRootCA", m_SSLDumpRootCA);
|
||||
network->Set("SSLDumpPeerCert", m_SSLDumpPeerCert);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveAnalyticsSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* analytics = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Analytics");
|
||||
|
||||
analytics->Set("ID", m_analytics_id);
|
||||
analytics->Set("Enabled", m_analytics_enabled);
|
||||
analytics->Set("PermissionAsked", m_analytics_permission_asked);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveBluetoothPassthroughSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("BluetoothPassthrough");
|
||||
|
||||
section->Set("Enabled", m_bt_passthrough_enabled);
|
||||
section->Set("VID", m_bt_passthrough_vid);
|
||||
section->Set("PID", m_bt_passthrough_pid);
|
||||
section->Set("LinkKeys", m_bt_passthrough_link_keys);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveUSBPassthroughSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("USBPassthrough");
|
||||
|
||||
std::ostringstream oss;
|
||||
for (const auto& device : m_usb_passthrough_devices)
|
||||
oss << fmt::format("{:04x}:{:04x}", device.first, device.second) << ',';
|
||||
std::string devices_string = oss.str();
|
||||
if (!devices_string.empty())
|
||||
devices_string.pop_back();
|
||||
|
||||
section->Set("Devices", devices_string);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveAutoUpdateSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("AutoUpdate");
|
||||
|
||||
section->Set("UpdateTrack", m_auto_update_track);
|
||||
section->Set("HashOverride", m_auto_update_hash_override);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::SaveJitDebugSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Debug");
|
||||
|
||||
section->Set("JitOff", bJITOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitLoadStoreOff", bJITLoadStoreOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitLoadStoreFloatingOff", bJITLoadStoreFloatingOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitLoadStorePairedOff", bJITLoadStorePairedOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitFloatingPointOff", bJITFloatingPointOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitIntegerOff", bJITIntegerOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitPairedOff", bJITPairedOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitSystemRegistersOff", bJITSystemRegistersOff);
|
||||
section->Set("JitBranchOff", bJITBranchOff);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadSettings()
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG_FMT(BOOT, "Loading Settings from {}", File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX));
|
||||
Config::Load();
|
||||
|
||||
INFO_LOG(BOOT, "Loading Settings from %s", File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX).c_str());
|
||||
IniFile ini;
|
||||
ini.Load(File::GetUserPath(F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX));
|
||||
|
||||
LoadGeneralSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadInterfaceSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadGameListSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadCoreSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadMovieSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadDSPSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadInputSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadFifoPlayerSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadNetworkSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadAnalyticsSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadBluetoothPassthroughSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadUSBPassthroughSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadAutoUpdateSettings(ini);
|
||||
LoadJitDebugSettings(ini);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadGeneralSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* general = ini.GetOrCreateSection("General");
|
||||
|
||||
general->Get("ShowLag", &m_ShowLag, false);
|
||||
general->Get("ShowFrameCount", &m_ShowFrameCount, false);
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDBSTUB
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
general->Get("GDBSocket", &gdb_socket, "");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
general->Get("GDBPort", &(iGDBPort), -1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
m_ISOFolder.clear();
|
||||
int numISOPaths;
|
||||
|
||||
if (general->Get("ISOPaths", &numISOPaths, 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < numISOPaths; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string tmpPath;
|
||||
general->Get(fmt::format("ISOPath{}", i), &tmpPath, "");
|
||||
m_ISOFolder.push_back(std::move(tmpPath));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
general->Get("RecursiveISOPaths", &m_RecursiveISOFolder, false);
|
||||
general->Get("WirelessMac", &m_WirelessMac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadInterfaceSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* interface = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Interface");
|
||||
|
||||
interface->Get("ConfirmStop", &bConfirmStop, true);
|
||||
interface->Get("UsePanicHandlers", &bUsePanicHandlers, true);
|
||||
interface->Get("OnScreenDisplayMessages", &bOnScreenDisplayMessages, true);
|
||||
interface->Get("HideCursor", &bHideCursor, false);
|
||||
interface->Get("LanguageCode", &m_InterfaceLanguage, "");
|
||||
interface->Get("ExtendedFPSInfo", &m_InterfaceExtendedFPSInfo, false);
|
||||
interface->Get("ShowActiveTitle", &m_show_active_title, true);
|
||||
interface->Get("UseBuiltinTitleDatabase", &m_use_builtin_title_database, true);
|
||||
interface->Get("ThemeName", &theme_name, DEFAULT_THEME_DIR);
|
||||
interface->Get("PauseOnFocusLost", &m_PauseOnFocusLost, false);
|
||||
interface->Get("DebugModeEnabled", &bEnableDebugging, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadGameListSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* gamelist = ini.GetOrCreateSection("GameList");
|
||||
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListDrives", &m_ListDrives, false);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListWad", &m_ListWad, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListElfDol", &m_ListElfDol, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListWii", &m_ListWii, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListGC", &m_ListGC, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListJap", &m_ListJap, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListPal", &m_ListPal, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListUsa", &m_ListUsa, true);
|
||||
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListAustralia", &m_ListAustralia, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListFrance", &m_ListFrance, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListGermany", &m_ListGermany, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListItaly", &m_ListItaly, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListKorea", &m_ListKorea, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListNetherlands", &m_ListNetherlands, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListRussia", &m_ListRussia, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListSpain", &m_ListSpain, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListTaiwan", &m_ListTaiwan, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListWorld", &m_ListWorld, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListUnknown", &m_ListUnknown, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListSort", &m_ListSort, 3);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ListSortSecondary", &m_ListSort2, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gamelist columns toggles
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnPlatform", &m_showSystemColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnDescription", &m_showDescriptionColumn, false);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnBanner", &m_showBannerColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnTitle", &m_showTitleColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnNotes", &m_showMakerColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnFileName", &m_showFileNameColumn, false);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnID", &m_showIDColumn, false);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnRegion", &m_showRegionColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnSize", &m_showSizeColumn, true);
|
||||
gamelist->Get("ColumnTags", &m_showTagsColumn, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadCoreSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* core = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Core");
|
||||
|
||||
core->Get("SkipIPL", &bHLE_BS2, true);
|
||||
#ifdef _M_X86
|
||||
core->Get("CPUCore", &cpu_core, PowerPC::CPUCore::JIT64);
|
||||
#elif _M_ARM_64
|
||||
core->Get("CPUCore", &cpu_core, PowerPC::CPUCore::JITARM64);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
core->Get("CPUCore", &cpu_core, PowerPC::CPUCore::Interpreter);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
core->Get("JITFollowBranch", &bJITFollowBranch, true);
|
||||
core->Get("Fastmem", &bFastmem, true);
|
||||
core->Get("DSPHLE", &bDSPHLE, true);
|
||||
core->Get("TimingVariance", &iTimingVariance, 40);
|
||||
core->Get("CPUThread", &bCPUThread, true);
|
||||
core->Get("SyncOnSkipIdle", &bSyncGPUOnSkipIdleHack, true);
|
||||
core->Get("EnableCheats", &bEnableCheats, false);
|
||||
core->Get("SelectedLanguage", &SelectedLanguage, 0);
|
||||
core->Get("OverrideRegionSettings", &bOverrideRegionSettings, false);
|
||||
core->Get("DPL2Decoder", &bDPL2Decoder, false);
|
||||
core->Get("AudioLatency", &iLatency, 20);
|
||||
core->Get("AudioStretch", &m_audio_stretch, false);
|
||||
core->Get("AudioStretchMaxLatency", &m_audio_stretch_max_latency, 80);
|
||||
core->Get("AgpCartAPath", &m_strGbaCartA);
|
||||
core->Get("AgpCartBPath", &m_strGbaCartB);
|
||||
core->Get("SlotA", (int*)&m_EXIDevice[0], ExpansionInterface::EXIDEVICE_MEMORYCARDFOLDER);
|
||||
core->Get("SlotB", (int*)&m_EXIDevice[1], ExpansionInterface::EXIDEVICE_NONE);
|
||||
core->Get("SerialPort1", (int*)&m_EXIDevice[2], ExpansionInterface::EXIDEVICE_NONE);
|
||||
core->Get("BBA_MAC", &m_bba_mac);
|
||||
for (size_t i = 0; i < std::size(m_SIDevice); ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//OpenEmu make all devices GCpads
|
||||
core->Get(fmt::format("SIDevice{}", i), &m_SIDevice[i], SerialInterface::SIDEVICE_GC_CONTROLLER);
|
||||
|
||||
core->Get(fmt::format("AdapterRumble{}", i), &m_AdapterRumble[i], true);
|
||||
core->Get(fmt::format("SimulateKonga{}", i), &m_AdapterKonga[i], false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
core->Get("WiiSDCard", &m_WiiSDCard, false);
|
||||
core->Get("WiiKeyboard", &m_WiiKeyboard, false);
|
||||
core->Get("WiimoteContinuousScanning", &m_WiimoteContinuousScanning, false);
|
||||
core->Get("WiimoteEnableSpeaker", &m_WiimoteEnableSpeaker, false);
|
||||
core->Get("RunCompareServer", &bRunCompareServer, false);
|
||||
core->Get("RunCompareClient", &bRunCompareClient, false);
|
||||
core->Get("MMU", &bMMU, bMMU);
|
||||
core->Get("BBDumpPort", &iBBDumpPort, -1);
|
||||
core->Get("SyncGPU", &bSyncGPU, false);
|
||||
core->Get("SyncGpuMaxDistance", &iSyncGpuMaxDistance, 200000);
|
||||
core->Get("SyncGpuMinDistance", &iSyncGpuMinDistance, -200000);
|
||||
core->Get("SyncGpuOverclock", &fSyncGpuOverclock, 1.0f);
|
||||
core->Get("FastDiscSpeed", &bFastDiscSpeed, false);
|
||||
core->Get("LowDCBZHack", &bLowDCBZHack, false);
|
||||
core->Get("FPRF", &bFPRF, false);
|
||||
core->Get("AccurateNaNs", &bAccurateNaNs, false);
|
||||
core->Get("EmulationSpeed", &m_EmulationSpeed, 1.0f);
|
||||
core->Get("Overclock", &m_OCFactor, 1.0f);
|
||||
core->Get("OverclockEnable", &m_OCEnable, false);
|
||||
core->Get("GFXBackend", &m_strVideoBackend, "");
|
||||
core->Get("GPUDeterminismMode", &m_strGPUDeterminismMode, "auto");
|
||||
core->Get("PerfMapDir", &m_perfDir, "");
|
||||
core->Get("EnableCustomRTC", &bEnableCustomRTC, false);
|
||||
// Default to seconds between 1.1.1970 and 1.1.2000
|
||||
core->Get("CustomRTCValue", &m_customRTCValue, 946684800);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadMovieSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* movie = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Movie");
|
||||
|
||||
movie->Get("PauseMovie", &m_PauseMovie, false);
|
||||
movie->Get("Author", &m_strMovieAuthor, "");
|
||||
movie->Get("DumpFrames", &m_DumpFrames, false);
|
||||
movie->Get("DumpFramesSilent", &m_DumpFramesSilent, false);
|
||||
movie->Get("ShowInputDisplay", &m_ShowInputDisplay, false);
|
||||
movie->Get("ShowRTC", &m_ShowRTC, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadDSPSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* dsp = ini.GetOrCreateSection("DSP");
|
||||
|
||||
dsp->Get("EnableJIT", &m_DSPEnableJIT, true);
|
||||
dsp->Get("DumpAudio", &m_DumpAudio, false);
|
||||
dsp->Get("DumpAudioSilent", &m_DumpAudioSilent, false);
|
||||
dsp->Get("DumpUCode", &m_DumpUCode, false);
|
||||
dsp->Get("Backend", &sBackend, AudioCommon::GetDefaultSoundBackend());
|
||||
dsp->Get("Volume", &m_Volume, 100);
|
||||
dsp->Get("CaptureLog", &m_DSPCaptureLog, false);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
dsp->Get("WASAPIDevice", &sWASAPIDevice, "default");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
m_IsMuted = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadInputSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* input = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Input");
|
||||
|
||||
input->Get("BackgroundInput", &m_BackgroundInput, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadFifoPlayerSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* fifoplayer = ini.GetOrCreateSection("FifoPlayer");
|
||||
|
||||
fifoplayer->Get("LoopReplay", &bLoopFifoReplay, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadNetworkSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* network = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Network");
|
||||
|
||||
network->Get("SSLDumpRead", &m_SSLDumpRead, false);
|
||||
network->Get("SSLDumpWrite", &m_SSLDumpWrite, false);
|
||||
network->Get("SSLVerifyCertificates", &m_SSLVerifyCert, true);
|
||||
network->Get("SSLDumpRootCA", &m_SSLDumpRootCA, false);
|
||||
network->Get("SSLDumpPeerCert", &m_SSLDumpPeerCert, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadAnalyticsSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* analytics = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Analytics");
|
||||
|
||||
analytics->Get("ID", &m_analytics_id, "");
|
||||
analytics->Get("Enabled", &m_analytics_enabled, false);
|
||||
analytics->Get("PermissionAsked", &m_analytics_permission_asked, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadBluetoothPassthroughSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("BluetoothPassthrough");
|
||||
|
||||
section->Get("Enabled", &m_bt_passthrough_enabled, false);
|
||||
section->Get("VID", &m_bt_passthrough_vid, -1);
|
||||
section->Get("PID", &m_bt_passthrough_pid, -1);
|
||||
section->Get("LinkKeys", &m_bt_passthrough_link_keys, "");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadUSBPassthroughSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("USBPassthrough");
|
||||
m_usb_passthrough_devices.clear();
|
||||
std::string devices_string;
|
||||
section->Get("Devices", &devices_string, "");
|
||||
for (const auto& pair : SplitString(devices_string, ','))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const auto index = pair.find(':');
|
||||
if (index == std::string::npos)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
const u16 vid = static_cast<u16>(strtol(pair.substr(0, index).c_str(), nullptr, 16));
|
||||
const u16 pid = static_cast<u16>(strtol(pair.substr(index + 1).c_str(), nullptr, 16));
|
||||
if (vid && pid)
|
||||
m_usb_passthrough_devices.emplace(vid, pid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadAutoUpdateSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("AutoUpdate");
|
||||
|
||||
section->Get("UpdateTrack", &m_auto_update_track, SCM_UPDATE_TRACK_STR);
|
||||
section->Get("HashOverride", &m_auto_update_hash_override, "");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadJitDebugSettings(IniFile& ini)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IniFile::Section* section = ini.GetOrCreateSection("Debug");
|
||||
section->Get("JitOff", &bJITOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitLoadStoreOff", &bJITLoadStoreOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitLoadStoreFloatingOff", &bJITLoadStoreFloatingOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitLoadStorePairedOff", &bJITLoadStorePairedOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitFloatingPointOff", &bJITFloatingPointOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitIntegerOff", &bJITIntegerOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitPairedOff", &bJITPairedOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitSystemRegistersOff", &bJITSystemRegistersOff, false);
|
||||
section->Get("JitBranchOff", &bJITBranchOff, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::ResetRunningGameMetadata()
|
||||
@@ -721,153 +158,45 @@ void SConfig::SetRunningGameMetadata(const std::string& game_id, const std::stri
|
||||
|
||||
if (game_id == "00000000")
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_title_name.clear();
|
||||
m_title_description.clear();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const Core::TitleDatabase title_database;
|
||||
const DiscIO::Language language = GetLanguageAdjustedForRegion(bWii, region);
|
||||
m_title_name = title_database.GetTitleName(m_gametdb_id, language);
|
||||
m_title_description = title_database.Describe(m_gametdb_id, language);
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG(CORE, "Active title: %s", m_title_description.c_str());
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG_FMT(CORE, "Active title: {}", m_title_description);
|
||||
Host_TitleChanged();
|
||||
if (Core::IsRunning())
|
||||
{
|
||||
Core::UpdateTitle();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Config::AddLayer(ConfigLoaders::GenerateGlobalGameConfigLoader(game_id, revision));
|
||||
Config::AddLayer(ConfigLoaders::GenerateLocalGameConfigLoader(game_id, revision));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Core::IsRunning())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: have a callback mechanism for title changes?
|
||||
if (!g_symbolDB.IsEmpty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_symbolDB.Clear();
|
||||
Host_NotifyMapLoaded();
|
||||
}
|
||||
CBoot::LoadMapFromFilename();
|
||||
HLE::Reload();
|
||||
PatchEngine::Reload();
|
||||
HiresTexture::Update();
|
||||
DolphinAnalytics::Instance().ReportGameStart();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SConfig::LoadDefaults()
|
||||
{
|
||||
bEnableDebugging = false;
|
||||
bAutomaticStart = false;
|
||||
bBootToPause = false;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_GDBSTUB
|
||||
iGDBPort = -1;
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
gdb_socket = "";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
cpu_core = PowerPC::DefaultCPUCore();
|
||||
iTimingVariance = 40;
|
||||
bCPUThread = false;
|
||||
bSyncGPUOnSkipIdleHack = true;
|
||||
bRunCompareServer = false;
|
||||
bDSPHLE = true;
|
||||
bFastmem = true;
|
||||
bFPRF = false;
|
||||
bAccurateNaNs = false;
|
||||
bMMU = false;
|
||||
bLowDCBZHack = false;
|
||||
iBBDumpPort = -1;
|
||||
bSyncGPU = false;
|
||||
bFastDiscSpeed = false;
|
||||
bEnableMemcardSdWriting = true;
|
||||
SelectedLanguage = 0;
|
||||
bOverrideRegionSettings = false;
|
||||
bWii = false;
|
||||
bDPL2Decoder = false;
|
||||
iLatency = 20;
|
||||
m_audio_stretch = false;
|
||||
m_audio_stretch_max_latency = 80;
|
||||
bUsePanicHandlers = true;
|
||||
bOnScreenDisplayMessages = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_analytics_id = "";
|
||||
m_analytics_enabled = false;
|
||||
m_analytics_permission_asked = false;
|
||||
|
||||
bLoopFifoReplay = true;
|
||||
|
||||
bJITOff = false; // debugger only settings
|
||||
bJITLoadStoreOff = false;
|
||||
bJITLoadStoreFloatingOff = false;
|
||||
bJITLoadStorePairedOff = false;
|
||||
bJITFloatingPointOff = false;
|
||||
bJITIntegerOff = false;
|
||||
bJITPairedOff = false;
|
||||
bJITSystemRegistersOff = false;
|
||||
bJITBranchOff = false;
|
||||
|
||||
ResetRunningGameMetadata();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SConfig::IsUSBDeviceWhitelisted(const std::pair<u16, u16> vid_pid) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_usb_passthrough_devices.find(vid_pid) != m_usb_passthrough_devices.end();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// The reason we need this function is because some memory card code
|
||||
// expects to get a non-NTSC-K region even if we're emulating an NTSC-K Wii.
|
||||
DiscIO::Region SConfig::ToGameCubeRegion(DiscIO::Region region)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (region != DiscIO::Region::NTSC_K)
|
||||
return region;
|
||||
|
||||
// GameCube has no NTSC-K region. No choice of replacement value is completely
|
||||
// non-arbitrary, but let's go with NTSC-J since Korean GameCubes are NTSC-J.
|
||||
return DiscIO::Region::NTSC_J;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char* SConfig::GetDirectoryForRegion(DiscIO::Region region)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (region == DiscIO::Region::Unknown)
|
||||
region = ToGameCubeRegion(GetFallbackRegion());
|
||||
|
||||
switch (region)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DiscIO::Region::NTSC_J:
|
||||
return JAP_DIR;
|
||||
|
||||
case DiscIO::Region::NTSC_U:
|
||||
return USA_DIR;
|
||||
|
||||
case DiscIO::Region::PAL:
|
||||
return EUR_DIR;
|
||||
|
||||
case DiscIO::Region::NTSC_K:
|
||||
ASSERT_MSG(BOOT, false, "NTSC-K is not a valid GameCube region");
|
||||
return JAP_DIR; // See ToGameCubeRegion
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
ASSERT_MSG(BOOT, false, "Default case should not be reached");
|
||||
return EUR_DIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string SConfig::GetBootROMPath(const std::string& region_directory) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string path =
|
||||
File::GetUserPath(D_GCUSER_IDX) + DIR_SEP + region_directory + DIR_SEP GC_IPL;
|
||||
if (!File::Exists(path))
|
||||
return File::GetSysDirectory() + GC_SYS_DIR + DIR_SEP + region_directory + DIR_SEP GC_IPL;
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct SetGameMetadata
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetGameMetadata(SConfig* config_, DiscIO::Region* region_) : config(config_), region(region_) {}
|
||||
bool operator()(const BootParameters::Disc& disc) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(*disc.volume, disc.volume->GetGamePartition());
|
||||
*region = disc.volume->GetRegion();
|
||||
config->bWii = disc.volume->GetVolumeType() == DiscIO::Platform::WiiDisc;
|
||||
config->m_disc_booted_from_game_list = true;
|
||||
*region = disc.volume->GetRegion();
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(*disc.volume, disc.volume->GetGamePartition());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -876,12 +205,14 @@ struct SetGameMetadata
|
||||
if (!executable.reader->IsValid())
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
config->bWii = executable.reader->IsWii();
|
||||
|
||||
*region = DiscIO::Region::Unknown;
|
||||
config->bWii = executable.reader->IsWii();
|
||||
|
||||
// Strip the .elf/.dol file extension and directories before the name
|
||||
SplitPath(executable.path, nullptr, &config->m_debugger_game_id, nullptr);
|
||||
|
||||
Host_TitleChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -889,19 +220,20 @@ struct SetGameMetadata
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!wad.GetTMD().IsValid())
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlertT("This WAD is not valid.");
|
||||
PanicAlertFmtT("This WAD is not valid.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!IOS::ES::IsChannel(wad.GetTMD().GetTitleId()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlertT("This WAD is not bootable.");
|
||||
PanicAlertFmtT("This WAD is not bootable.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const IOS::ES::TMDReader& tmd = wad.GetTMD();
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(tmd, DiscIO::Platform::WiiWAD);
|
||||
config->bWii = true;
|
||||
*region = tmd.GetRegion();
|
||||
config->bWii = true;
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(tmd, DiscIO::Platform::WiiWAD);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -911,19 +243,23 @@ struct SetGameMetadata
|
||||
const IOS::ES::TMDReader tmd = ios.GetES()->FindInstalledTMD(nand_title.id);
|
||||
if (!tmd.IsValid() || !IOS::ES::IsChannel(nand_title.id))
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlertT("This title cannot be booted.");
|
||||
PanicAlertFmtT("This title cannot be booted.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(tmd, DiscIO::Platform::WiiWAD);
|
||||
config->bWii = true;
|
||||
|
||||
*region = tmd.GetRegion();
|
||||
config->bWii = true;
|
||||
config->SetRunningGameMetadata(tmd, DiscIO::Platform::WiiWAD);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator()(const BootParameters::IPL& ipl) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
config->bWii = false;
|
||||
*region = ipl.region;
|
||||
config->bWii = false;
|
||||
Host_TitleChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -933,8 +269,10 @@ struct SetGameMetadata
|
||||
if (!dff_file)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
config->bWii = dff_file->GetIsWii();
|
||||
*region = DiscIO::Region::NTSC_U;
|
||||
config->bWii = dff_file->GetIsWii();
|
||||
Host_TitleChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -951,40 +289,23 @@ bool SConfig::SetPathsAndGameMetadata(const BootParameters& boot)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_region == DiscIO::Region::Unknown)
|
||||
m_region = GetFallbackRegion();
|
||||
m_region = Config::Get(Config::MAIN_FALLBACK_REGION);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set up paths
|
||||
const std::string region_dir = GetDirectoryForRegion(ToGameCubeRegion(m_region));
|
||||
const std::string region_dir = Config::GetDirectoryForRegion(Config::ToGameCubeRegion(m_region));
|
||||
m_strSRAM = File::GetUserPath(F_GCSRAM_IDX);
|
||||
m_strBootROM = GetBootROMPath(region_dir);
|
||||
m_strBootROM = Config::GetBootROMPath(region_dir);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DiscIO::Region SConfig::GetFallbackRegion()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Fall back to the system menu region, if possible.
|
||||
IOS::HLE::Kernel ios;
|
||||
const IOS::ES::TMDReader system_menu_tmd = ios.GetES()->FindInstalledTMD(Titles::SYSTEM_MENU);
|
||||
if (system_menu_tmd.IsValid())
|
||||
{
|
||||
const DiscIO::Region region = system_menu_tmd.GetRegion();
|
||||
if (region != DiscIO::Region::Unknown)
|
||||
return region;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Fall back to PAL.
|
||||
return DiscIO::Region::PAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DiscIO::Language SConfig::GetCurrentLanguage(bool wii) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int language_value;
|
||||
DiscIO::Language language;
|
||||
if (wii)
|
||||
language_value = Config::Get(Config::SYSCONF_LANGUAGE);
|
||||
language = static_cast<DiscIO::Language>(Config::Get(Config::SYSCONF_LANGUAGE));
|
||||
else
|
||||
language_value = SConfig::GetInstance().SelectedLanguage + 1;
|
||||
DiscIO::Language language = static_cast<DiscIO::Language>(language_value);
|
||||
language = DiscIO::FromGameCubeLanguage(Config::Get(Config::MAIN_GC_LANGUAGE));
|
||||
|
||||
// Get rid of invalid values (probably doesn't matter, but might as well do it)
|
||||
if (language > DiscIO::Language::Unknown || language < DiscIO::Language::Japanese)
|
||||
@@ -1002,7 +323,7 @@ DiscIO::Language SConfig::GetLanguageAdjustedForRegion(bool wii, DiscIO::Region
|
||||
if (!wii && region == DiscIO::Region::NTSC_J && language == DiscIO::Language::English)
|
||||
return DiscIO::Language::Japanese; // English and Japanese both use the value 0 in GC SRAM
|
||||
|
||||
if (!bOverrideRegionSettings)
|
||||
if (!Config::Get(Config::MAIN_OVERRIDE_REGION_SETTINGS))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (region == DiscIO::Region::NTSC_J)
|
||||
return DiscIO::Language::Japanese;
|
||||
@@ -1067,7 +388,18 @@ IniFile SConfig::LoadGameIni(const std::string& id, std::optional<u16> revision)
|
||||
return game_ini;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool SConfig::ShouldUseDPL2Decoder() const
|
||||
void SConfig::OnNewTitleLoad(const Core::CPUThreadGuard &guard)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return bDPL2Decoder && !bDSPHLE;
|
||||
if (!Core::IsRunning())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!g_symbolDB.IsEmpty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_symbolDB.Clear();
|
||||
Host_NotifyMapLoaded();
|
||||
}
|
||||
CBoot::LoadMapFromFilename(guard);
|
||||
HLE::Reload(Core::System::GetInstance());
|
||||
PatchEngine::Reload();
|
||||
HiresTexture::Update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,919 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <cstddef>
|
||||
#include <cstdio>
|
||||
#include <cstring>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Assert.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonFuncs.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonPaths.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/File.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/FileUtil.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/Log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
#include <Shlwapi.h>
|
||||
#include <commdlg.h> // for GetSaveFileName
|
||||
#include <direct.h> // getcwd
|
||||
#include <io.h>
|
||||
#include <objbase.h> // guid stuff
|
||||
#include <shellapi.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <dirent.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <libgen.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef OpenEmu
|
||||
#include "DolphinGameCore.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFBundle.h>
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
#include <CoreFoundation/CFURL.h>
|
||||
#include <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef S_ISDIR
|
||||
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This namespace has various generic functions related to files and paths.
|
||||
// The code still needs a ton of cleanup.
|
||||
// REMEMBER: strdup considered harmful!
|
||||
namespace File
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
static std::string s_android_sys_directory;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_exists = _tstat64(UTF8ToTStr(path).c_str(), &m_stat) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const char* path) : FileInfo(std::string(path))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const std::string& path) : FileInfo(path.c_str())
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(const char* path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_exists = stat(path, &m_stat) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
FileInfo::FileInfo(int fd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_exists = fstat(fd, &m_stat);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::Exists() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_exists;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::IsDirectory() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_exists ? S_ISDIR(m_stat.st_mode) : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FileInfo::IsFile() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_exists ? !S_ISDIR(m_stat.st_mode) : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u64 FileInfo::GetSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return IsFile() ? m_stat.st_size : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists
|
||||
bool Exists(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).Exists();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists and is a directory
|
||||
bool IsDirectory(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
return PathIsDirectory(UTF8ToUTF16(path).c_str());
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).IsDirectory();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if the path exists and is a file
|
||||
bool IsFile(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).IsFile();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a given filename, return true on success
|
||||
// Doesn't supports deleting a directory
|
||||
bool Delete(const std::string& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Delete: file %s", filename.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
const FileInfo file_info(filename);
|
||||
|
||||
// Return true because we care about the file no
|
||||
// being there, not the actual delete.
|
||||
if (!file_info.Exists())
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "Delete: %s does not exist", filename.c_str());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// We can't delete a directory
|
||||
if (file_info.IsDirectory())
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "Delete failed: %s is a directory", filename.c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
if (!DeleteFile(UTF8ToTStr(filename).c_str()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "Delete: DeleteFile failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
|
||||
GetLastErrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (unlink(filename.c_str()) == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "Delete: unlink failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
|
||||
LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if successful, or path already exists.
|
||||
bool CreateDir(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "CreateDir: directory %s", path.c_str());
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
if (::CreateDirectory(UTF8ToTStr(path).c_str(), nullptr))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
DWORD error = GetLastError();
|
||||
if (error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "CreateDir: CreateDirectory failed on %s: already exists", path.c_str());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "CreateDir: CreateDirectory failed on %s: %i", path.c_str(), error);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (mkdir(path.c_str(), 0755) == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
int err = errno;
|
||||
|
||||
if (err == EEXIST)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(COMMON, "CreateDir: mkdir failed on %s: already exists", path.c_str());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "CreateDir: mkdir failed on %s: %s", path.c_str(), strerror(err));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates the full path of fullPath returns true on success
|
||||
bool CreateFullPath(const std::string& fullPath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int panicCounter = 100;
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "CreateFullPath: path %s", fullPath.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
if (Exists(fullPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "CreateFullPath: path exists %s", fullPath.c_str());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t position = 0;
|
||||
while (true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Find next sub path
|
||||
position = fullPath.find(DIR_SEP_CHR, position);
|
||||
|
||||
// we're done, yay!
|
||||
if (position == fullPath.npos)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Include the '/' so the first call is CreateDir("/") rather than CreateDir("")
|
||||
std::string const subPath(fullPath.substr(0, position + 1));
|
||||
if (!IsDirectory(subPath))
|
||||
File::CreateDir(subPath);
|
||||
|
||||
// A safety check
|
||||
panicCounter--;
|
||||
if (panicCounter <= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "CreateFullPath: directory structure is too deep");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
position++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a directory filename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool DeleteDir(const std::string& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "DeleteDir: directory %s", filename.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
// check if a directory
|
||||
if (!IsDirectory(filename))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "DeleteDir: Not a directory %s", filename.c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
if (::RemoveDirectory(UTF8ToTStr(filename).c_str()))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "DeleteDir: RemoveDirectory failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
|
||||
GetLastErrorString().c_str());
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (rmdir(filename.c_str()) == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "DeleteDir: rmdir failed on %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
|
||||
LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// renames file srcFilename to destFilename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool Rename(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Rename: %s --> %s", srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str());
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
auto sf = UTF8ToTStr(srcFilename);
|
||||
auto df = UTF8ToTStr(destFilename);
|
||||
// The Internet seems torn about whether ReplaceFile is atomic or not.
|
||||
// Hopefully it's atomic enough...
|
||||
if (ReplaceFile(df.c_str(), sf.c_str(), nullptr, REPLACEFILE_IGNORE_MERGE_ERRORS, nullptr,
|
||||
nullptr))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
// Might have failed because the destination doesn't exist.
|
||||
if (GetLastError() == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (MoveFile(sf.c_str(), df.c_str()))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "Rename: MoveFile failed on %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(),
|
||||
destFilename.c_str(), GetLastErrorString().c_str());
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (rename(srcFilename.c_str(), destFilename.c_str()) == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "Rename: rename failed on %s --> %s: %s", srcFilename.c_str(),
|
||||
destFilename.c_str(), LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
static void FSyncPath(const char* path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd = open(path, O_RDONLY);
|
||||
if (fd != -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fsync(fd);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
bool RenameSync(const std::string& srcFilename, const std::string& destFilename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Rename(srcFilename, destFilename))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
int fd = _topen(UTF8ToTStr(srcFilename).c_str(), _O_RDONLY);
|
||||
if (fd != -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_commit(fd);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char* path = strdup(srcFilename.c_str());
|
||||
FSyncPath(path);
|
||||
FSyncPath(dirname(path));
|
||||
free(path);
|
||||
path = strdup(destFilename.c_str());
|
||||
FSyncPath(dirname(path));
|
||||
free(path);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// copies file source_path to destination_path, returns true on success
|
||||
bool Copy(const std::string& source_path, const std::string& destination_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Copy: %s --> %s", source_path.c_str(), destination_path.c_str());
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
if (CopyFile(UTF8ToTStr(source_path).c_str(), UTF8ToTStr(destination_path).c_str(), FALSE))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "Copy: failed %s --> %s: %s", source_path.c_str(), destination_path.c_str(),
|
||||
GetLastErrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
std::ifstream source{source_path, std::ios::binary};
|
||||
std::ofstream destination{destination_path, std::ios::binary};
|
||||
destination << source.rdbuf();
|
||||
return source.good() && destination.good();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the size of a file (or returns 0 if the path isn't a file that exists)
|
||||
u64 GetSize(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(path).GetSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Overloaded GetSize, accepts file descriptor
|
||||
u64 GetSize(const int fd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FileInfo(fd).GetSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Overloaded GetSize, accepts FILE*
|
||||
u64 GetSize(FILE* f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// can't use off_t here because it can be 32-bit
|
||||
u64 pos = ftello(f);
|
||||
if (fseeko(f, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s", f, LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u64 size = ftello(f);
|
||||
if ((size != pos) && (fseeko(f, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "GetSize: seek failed %p: %s", f, LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// creates an empty file filename, returns true on success
|
||||
bool CreateEmptyFile(const std::string& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "CreateEmptyFile: %s", filename.c_str());
|
||||
|
||||
if (!File::IOFile(filename, "wb"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "CreateEmptyFile: failed %s: %s", filename.c_str(),
|
||||
LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Recursive or non-recursive list of files and directories under directory.
|
||||
FSTEntry ScanDirectoryTree(const std::string& directory, bool recursive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "ScanDirectoryTree: directory %s", directory.c_str());
|
||||
FSTEntry parent_entry;
|
||||
parent_entry.physicalName = directory;
|
||||
parent_entry.isDirectory = true;
|
||||
parent_entry.size = 0;
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
// Find the first file in the directory.
|
||||
WIN32_FIND_DATA ffd;
|
||||
|
||||
HANDLE hFind = FindFirstFile(UTF8ToTStr(directory + "\\*").c_str(), &ffd);
|
||||
if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
return parent_entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Windows loop
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtual_name(TStrToUTF8(ffd.cFileName));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
DIR* dirp = opendir(directory.c_str());
|
||||
if (!dirp)
|
||||
return parent_entry;
|
||||
|
||||
// non Windows loop
|
||||
while (dirent* result = readdir(dirp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtual_name(result->d_name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (virtual_name == "." || virtual_name == "..")
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
auto physical_name = directory + DIR_SEP + virtual_name;
|
||||
FSTEntry entry;
|
||||
const FileInfo file_info(physical_name);
|
||||
entry.isDirectory = file_info.IsDirectory();
|
||||
if (entry.isDirectory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (recursive)
|
||||
entry = ScanDirectoryTree(physical_name, true);
|
||||
else
|
||||
entry.size = 0;
|
||||
parent_entry.size += entry.size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
entry.size = file_info.GetSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
entry.virtualName = virtual_name;
|
||||
entry.physicalName = physical_name;
|
||||
|
||||
++parent_entry.size;
|
||||
// Push into the tree
|
||||
parent_entry.children.push_back(entry);
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
} while (FindNextFile(hFind, &ffd) != 0);
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
}
|
||||
closedir(dirp);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return parent_entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes the given directory and anything under it. Returns true on success.
|
||||
bool DeleteDirRecursively(const std::string& directory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "DeleteDirRecursively: %s", directory.c_str());
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
// Find the first file in the directory.
|
||||
WIN32_FIND_DATA ffd;
|
||||
HANDLE hFind = FindFirstFile(UTF8ToTStr(directory + "\\*").c_str(), &ffd);
|
||||
|
||||
if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Windows loop
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtualName(TStrToUTF8(ffd.cFileName));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
DIR* dirp = opendir(directory.c_str());
|
||||
if (!dirp)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// non Windows loop
|
||||
while (dirent* result = readdir(dirp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtualName = result->d_name;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// check for "." and ".."
|
||||
if (((virtualName[0] == '.') && (virtualName[1] == '\0')) ||
|
||||
((virtualName[0] == '.') && (virtualName[1] == '.') && (virtualName[2] == '\0')))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string newPath = directory + DIR_SEP_CHR + virtualName;
|
||||
if (IsDirectory(newPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!DeleteDirRecursively(newPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!File::Delete(newPath))
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
} while (FindNextFile(hFind, &ffd) != 0);
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
}
|
||||
closedir(dirp);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (success)
|
||||
File::DeleteDir(directory);
|
||||
|
||||
return success;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create directory and copy contents (does not overwrite existing files)
|
||||
void CopyDir(const std::string& source_path, const std::string& dest_path, bool destructive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (source_path == dest_path)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (!Exists(source_path))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (!Exists(dest_path))
|
||||
File::CreateFullPath(dest_path);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
WIN32_FIND_DATA ffd;
|
||||
HANDLE hFind = FindFirstFile(UTF8ToTStr(source_path + "\\*").c_str(), &ffd);
|
||||
|
||||
if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtualName(TStrToUTF8(ffd.cFileName));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
DIR* dirp = opendir(source_path.c_str());
|
||||
if (!dirp)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
while (dirent* result = readdir(dirp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
const std::string virtualName(result->d_name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// check for "." and ".."
|
||||
if (virtualName == "." || virtualName == "..")
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string source = source_path + DIR_SEP + virtualName;
|
||||
std::string dest = dest_path + DIR_SEP + virtualName;
|
||||
if (IsDirectory(source))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!Exists(dest))
|
||||
File::CreateFullPath(dest + DIR_SEP);
|
||||
CopyDir(source, dest, destructive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (!destructive && !Exists(dest))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Copy(source, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (destructive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Rename(source, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
} while (FindNextFile(hFind, &ffd) != 0);
|
||||
FindClose(hFind);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
}
|
||||
closedir(dirp);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the current directory
|
||||
std::string GetCurrentDir()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Get the current working directory (getcwd uses malloc)
|
||||
char* dir = __getcwd(nullptr, 0);
|
||||
if (!dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ERROR_LOG(COMMON, "GetCurrentDirectory failed: %s", LastStrerrorString().c_str());
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
std::string strDir = dir;
|
||||
free(dir);
|
||||
return strDir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the current directory to the given directory
|
||||
bool SetCurrentDir(const std::string& directory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __chdir(directory.c_str()) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string CreateTempDir()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
TCHAR temp[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
if (!GetTempPath(MAX_PATH, temp))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
|
||||
GUID guid;
|
||||
CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
||||
TCHAR tguid[40];
|
||||
StringFromGUID2(guid, tguid, 39);
|
||||
tguid[39] = 0;
|
||||
std::string dir = TStrToUTF8(temp) + "/" + TStrToUTF8(tguid);
|
||||
if (!CreateDir(dir))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
dir = ReplaceAll(dir, "\\", DIR_SEP);
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const char* base = getenv("TMPDIR") ?: "/tmp";
|
||||
std::string path = std::string(base) + "/DolphinWii.XXXXXX";
|
||||
if (!mkdtemp(&path[0]))
|
||||
return "";
|
||||
return path;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetTempFilenameForAtomicWrite(std::string path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<TCHAR[], decltype(&std::free)> absbuf{
|
||||
_tfullpath(nullptr, UTF8ToTStr(path).c_str(), 0), std::free};
|
||||
if (absbuf != nullptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
path = TStrToUTF8(absbuf.get());
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char absbuf[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
if (realpath(path.c_str(), absbuf) != nullptr)
|
||||
path = absbuf;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return std::move(path) + ".xxx";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
std::string GetBundleDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
//OpenEmu
|
||||
GET_CURRENT_OR_RETURN();
|
||||
|
||||
return [current getBundlePath];
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetExePath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const std::string dolphin_path = [] {
|
||||
std::string result;
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
auto dolphin_exe_path = GetModuleName(nullptr);
|
||||
if (dolphin_exe_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<TCHAR[], decltype(&std::free)> dolphin_exe_expanded_path{
|
||||
_tfullpath(nullptr, dolphin_exe_path->c_str(), 0), std::free};
|
||||
if (dolphin_exe_expanded_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = TStrToUTF8(dolphin_exe_expanded_path.get());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = TStrToUTF8(*dolphin_exe_path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
result = GetBundleDirectory();
|
||||
result = result.substr(0, result.find_last_of("Dolphin.app/Contents/MacOS") + 1);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char dolphin_exe_path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
ssize_t len = ::readlink("/proc/self/exe", dolphin_exe_path, sizeof(dolphin_exe_path));
|
||||
if (len == -1 || len == sizeof(dolphin_exe_path))
|
||||
{
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dolphin_exe_path[len] = '\0';
|
||||
result = dolphin_exe_path;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}();
|
||||
return dolphin_path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetExeDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string exe_path = GetExePath();
|
||||
#ifdef _WIN32
|
||||
return exe_path.substr(0, exe_path.rfind('\\'));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return exe_path.substr(0, exe_path.rfind('/'));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetSysDirectory()
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string sysDir;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(LINUX_LOCAL_DEV)
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "Sys"
|
||||
#elif defined __APPLE__
|
||||
//openemu
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "Sys"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef DATA_DIR
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR DATA_DIR "sys"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SYSDATA_DIR "sys"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__APPLE__)
|
||||
sysDir = GetBundleDirectory() + DIR_SEP + SYSDATA_DIR;
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(LINUX_LOCAL_DEV)
|
||||
sysDir = GetExeDirectory() + DIR_SEP + SYSDATA_DIR;
|
||||
#elif defined ANDROID
|
||||
sysDir = s_android_sys_directory;
|
||||
ASSERT_MSG(COMMON, !sysDir.empty(), "Sys directory has not been set");
|
||||
#else
|
||||
sysDir = SYSDATA_DIR;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
sysDir += DIR_SEP;
|
||||
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "GetSysDirectory: Setting to %s:", sysDir.c_str());
|
||||
return sysDir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ANDROID
|
||||
void SetSysDirectory(const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
INFO_LOG(COMMON, "Setting Sys directory to %s", path.c_str());
|
||||
s_android_sys_directory = path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static std::string s_user_paths[NUM_PATH_INDICES];
|
||||
static void RebuildUserDirectories(unsigned int dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case D_USER_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + GC_USER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_WIIROOT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + WII_USER_DIR;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + CONFIG_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_GAMESETTINGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + GAMESETTINGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAPS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + MAPS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + CACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_COVERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + COVERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_REDUMPCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + REDUMPCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SHADERS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_STATESAVES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + STATESAVES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SCREENSHOTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SCREENSHOTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + LOAD_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_HIRESTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + HIRES_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + DUMP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPFRAMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_FRAMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPOBJECTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_OBJECTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_AUDIO_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPDSP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_DSP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPSSL_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_SSL_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAILLOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIL_LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_THEMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + THEMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_STYLES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + STYLES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_PIPES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + PIPES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_WFSROOT_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + WFSROOT_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_BACKUP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + BACKUP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_RESOURCEPACK_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + RESOURCEPACK_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DOLPHIN_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIIPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + WIIPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCKEYBOARDCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCKEYBOARD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GFXCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GFX_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DEBUGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DEBUGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_LOGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + LOGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENTCONFIG_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENT_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MAINLOG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIN_LOG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM1DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM1_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM2DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM2_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_ARAMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + ARAM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FAKEVMEMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + FAKEVMEM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCSRAM_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] + GC_SRAM;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIISDCARD_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_WIIROOT_IDX] + DIR_SEP WII_SDCARD;
|
||||
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEMORYWATCHERLOCATIONS_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_LOCATIONS;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEMORYWATCHERSOCKET_IDX] =
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MEMORYWATCHER_IDX] + MEMORYWATCHER_SOCKET;
|
||||
|
||||
// The shader cache has moved to the cache directory, so remove the old one.
|
||||
// TODO: remove that someday.
|
||||
File::DeleteDirRecursively(s_user_paths[D_USER_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_LEGACY_DIR DIR_SEP);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_CONFIG_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DOLPHINCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DOLPHIN_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GCPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_WIIPADCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + WIIPAD_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GFXCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + GFX_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_DEBUGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + DEBUGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_LOGGERCONFIG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CONFIG_IDX] + LOGGER_CONFIG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_CACHE_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_COVERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + COVERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_REDUMPCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + REDUMPCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_SHADERCACHE_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_CACHE_IDX] + SHADERCACHE_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_GCUSER_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_GCSRAM_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_GCUSER_IDX] + GC_SRAM;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_DUMP_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPFRAMES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_FRAMES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPOBJECTS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_OBJECTS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPAUDIO_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_AUDIO_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPDSP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_DSP_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_DUMPSSL_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + DUMP_SSL_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM1DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM1_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MEM2DUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + MEM2_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_ARAMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + ARAM_DUMP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_FAKEVMEMDUMP_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_DUMP_IDX] + FAKEVMEM_DUMP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_LOGS_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_MAILLOGS_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIL_LOGS_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
s_user_paths[F_MAINLOG_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOGS_IDX] + MAIN_LOG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case D_LOAD_IDX:
|
||||
s_user_paths[D_HIRESTEXTURES_IDX] = s_user_paths[D_LOAD_IDX] + HIRES_TEXTURES_DIR DIR_SEP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets a set user directory path
|
||||
// Don't call prior to setting the base user directory
|
||||
const std::string& GetUserPath(unsigned int dir_index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return s_user_paths[dir_index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets a user directory path
|
||||
// Rebuilds internal directory structure to compensate for the new directory
|
||||
void SetUserPath(unsigned int dir_index, const std::string& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (path.empty())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
s_user_paths[dir_index] = path;
|
||||
RebuildUserDirectories(dir_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string GetThemeDir(const std::string& theme_name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string dir = File::GetUserPath(D_THEMES_IDX) + theme_name + "/";
|
||||
if (Exists(dir))
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the theme doesn't exist in the user dir, load from shared directory
|
||||
dir = GetSysDirectory() + THEMES_DIR "/" + theme_name + "/";
|
||||
if (Exists(dir))
|
||||
return dir;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the theme doesn't exist at all, load the default theme
|
||||
return GetSysDirectory() + THEMES_DIR "/" DEFAULT_THEME_DIR "/";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool WriteStringToFile(const std::string& filename, std::string_view str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return File::IOFile(filename, "wb").WriteBytes(str.data(), str.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool ReadFileToString(const std::string& filename, std::string& str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
File::IOFile file(filename, "rb");
|
||||
|
||||
if (!file)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
str.resize(file.GetSize());
|
||||
return file.ReadArray(str.data(), str.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace File
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2017 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/GraphicsSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Config/Config.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Config
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Configuration Information
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.Hardware
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_VSYNC{{System::GFX, "Hardware", "VSync"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_ADAPTER{{System::GFX, "Hardware", "Adapter"}, 0};
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.Settings
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_WIDESCREEN_HACK{{System::GFX, "Settings", "wideScreenHack"}, false};
|
||||
//OpenEmu change apect to stretch
|
||||
const Info<AspectMode> GFX_ASPECT_RATIO{{System::GFX, "Settings", "AspectRatio"}, AspectMode::Stretch};
|
||||
const Info<AspectMode> GFX_SUGGESTED_ASPECT_RATIO{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SuggestedAspectRatio"},
|
||||
AspectMode::Auto};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_CROP{{System::GFX, "Settings", "Crop"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_SAFE_TEXTURE_CACHE_COLOR_SAMPLES{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "SafeTextureCacheColorSamples"}, 128};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SHOW_FPS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShowFPS"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SHOW_NETPLAY_PING{{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShowNetPlayPing"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SHOW_NETPLAY_MESSAGES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShowNetPlayMessages"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_LOG_RENDER_TIME_TO_FILE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "LogRenderTimeToFile"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_OVERLAY_STATS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "OverlayStats"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_OVERLAY_PROJ_STATS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "OverlayProjStats"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_TEXTURES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpTextures"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_MIP_TEXTURES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpMipTextures"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_BASE_TEXTURES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpBaseTextures"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HIRES_TEXTURES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "HiresTextures"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_CACHE_HIRES_TEXTURES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "CacheHiresTextures"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_EFB_TARGET{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpEFBTarget"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_XFB_TARGET{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpXFBTarget"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DUMP_FRAMES_AS_IMAGES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpFramesAsImages"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_USE_FFV1{{System::GFX, "Settings", "UseFFV1"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<std::string> GFX_DUMP_FORMAT{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpFormat"}, "avi"};
|
||||
const Info<std::string> GFX_DUMP_CODEC{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpCodec"}, ""};
|
||||
const Info<std::string> GFX_DUMP_ENCODER{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpEncoder"}, ""};
|
||||
const Info<std::string> GFX_DUMP_PATH{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DumpPath"}, ""};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_BITRATE_KBPS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "BitrateKbps"}, 25000};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_INTERNAL_RESOLUTION_FRAME_DUMPS{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "InternalResolutionFrameDumps"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENABLE_GPU_TEXTURE_DECODING{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "EnableGPUTextureDecoding"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENABLE_PIXEL_LIGHTING{{System::GFX, "Settings", "EnablePixelLighting"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_FAST_DEPTH_CALC{{System::GFX, "Settings", "FastDepthCalc"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<u32> GFX_MSAA{{System::GFX, "Settings", "MSAA"}, 1};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SSAA{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SSAA"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_EFB_SCALE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "InternalResolution"}, 1};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_MAX_EFB_SCALE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "MaxInternalResolution"}, 8};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_TEXFMT_OVERLAY_ENABLE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "TexFmtOverlayEnable"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_TEXFMT_OVERLAY_CENTER{{System::GFX, "Settings", "TexFmtOverlayCenter"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENABLE_WIREFRAME{{System::GFX, "Settings", "WireFrame"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_DISABLE_FOG{{System::GFX, "Settings", "DisableFog"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_BORDERLESS_FULLSCREEN{{System::GFX, "Settings", "BorderlessFullscreen"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENABLE_VALIDATION_LAYER{{System::GFX, "Settings", "EnableValidationLayer"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(ANDROID)
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_BACKEND_MULTITHREADING{{System::GFX, "Settings", "BackendMultithreading"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_COMMAND_BUFFER_EXECUTE_INTERVAL{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "CommandBufferExecuteInterval"}, 0};
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_BACKEND_MULTITHREADING{{System::GFX, "Settings", "BackendMultithreading"},
|
||||
true};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_COMMAND_BUFFER_EXECUTE_INTERVAL{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "CommandBufferExecuteInterval"}, 100};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//////OpenEmu change ShaderCache True, WaitForShaders false, Compiler and Precompiler thread -1
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SHADER_CACHE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShaderCache"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_WAIT_FOR_SHADERS_BEFORE_STARTING{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "WaitForShadersBeforeStarting"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<ShaderCompilationMode> GFX_SHADER_COMPILATION_MODE{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShaderCompilationMode"}, ShaderCompilationMode::Synchronous};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_SHADER_COMPILER_THREADS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShaderCompilerThreads"}, -1};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_SHADER_PRECOMPILER_THREADS{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "ShaderPrecompilerThreads"}, -1};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SAVE_TEXTURE_CACHE_TO_STATE{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Settings", "SaveTextureCacheToState"}, true};
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SW_ZCOMPLOC{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWZComploc"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SW_ZFREEZE{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWZFreeze"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SW_DUMP_OBJECTS{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWDumpObjects"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SW_DUMP_TEV_STAGES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWDumpTevStages"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_SW_DUMP_TEV_TEX_FETCHES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWDumpTevTexFetches"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_SW_DRAW_START{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWDrawStart"}, 0};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_SW_DRAW_END{{System::GFX, "Settings", "SWDrawEnd"}, 100000};
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_PREFER_GLES{{System::GFX, "Settings", "PreferGLES"}, false};
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.Enhancements
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENHANCE_FORCE_FILTERING{{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "ForceFiltering"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_ENHANCE_MAX_ANISOTROPY{{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "MaxAnisotropy"}, 0};
|
||||
const Info<std::string> GFX_ENHANCE_POST_SHADER{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "PostProcessingShader"}, ""};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENHANCE_FORCE_TRUE_COLOR{{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "ForceTrueColor"},
|
||||
true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENHANCE_DISABLE_COPY_FILTER{{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "DisableCopyFilter"},
|
||||
true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_ENHANCE_ARBITRARY_MIPMAP_DETECTION{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "ArbitraryMipmapDetection"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<float> GFX_ENHANCE_ARBITRARY_MIPMAP_DETECTION_THRESHOLD{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Enhancements", "ArbitraryMipmapDetectionThreshold"}, 14.0f};
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.Stereoscopy
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<StereoMode> GFX_STEREO_MODE{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoMode"}, StereoMode::Off};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_STEREO_DEPTH{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoDepth"}, 20};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_STEREO_CONVERGENCE_PERCENTAGE{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoConvergencePercentage"}, 100};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_STEREO_SWAP_EYES{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoSwapEyes"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_STEREO_CONVERGENCE{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoConvergence"}, 20};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_STEREO_EFB_MONO_DEPTH{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoEFBMonoDepth"},
|
||||
false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_STEREO_DEPTH_PERCENTAGE{{System::GFX, "Stereoscopy", "StereoDepthPercentage"},
|
||||
100};
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.Hacks
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_EFB_ACCESS_ENABLE{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBAccessEnable"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_EFB_DEFER_INVALIDATION{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBAccessDeferInvalidation"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<int> GFX_HACK_EFB_ACCESS_TILE_SIZE{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBAccessTileSize"}, 64};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_BBOX_ENABLE{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "BBoxEnable"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_FORCE_PROGRESSIVE{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "ForceProgressive"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_SKIP_EFB_COPY_TO_RAM{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBToTextureEnable"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_SKIP_XFB_COPY_TO_RAM{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "XFBToTextureEnable"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_DISABLE_COPY_TO_VRAM{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "DisableCopyToVRAM"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_DEFER_EFB_COPIES{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "DeferEFBCopies"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_IMMEDIATE_XFB{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "ImmediateXFBEnable"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_SKIP_DUPLICATE_XFBS{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "SkipDuplicateXFBs"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_COPY_EFB_SCALED{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBScaledCopy"}, true};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_EFB_EMULATE_FORMAT_CHANGES{
|
||||
{System::GFX, "Hacks", "EFBEmulateFormatChanges"}, false};
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_HACK_VERTEX_ROUDING{{System::GFX, "Hacks", "VertexRounding"}, false};
|
||||
|
||||
// Graphics.GameSpecific
|
||||
|
||||
const Info<bool> GFX_PERF_QUERIES_ENABLE{{System::GFX, "GameSpecific", "PerfQueriesEnable"}, false};
|
||||
} // namespace Config
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2022, OpenEmu Team
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
// * Neither the name of the OpenEmu Team nor the
|
||||
// names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
// derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY OpenEmu Team ''AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
// DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL OpenEmu Team BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
// (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
// ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
// SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __x86_64__
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit64_Tables.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_Branch.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_FloatingPoint.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_Integer.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_LoadStore.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_LoadStoreFloating.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_LoadStorePaired.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_Paired.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/Jit_SystemRegisters.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64/JitAsm.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/BlockCache.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/ConstantPool.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/EmuCodeBlock.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/FarCodeCache.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/Jit64AsmCommon.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/Jit64Common/TrampolineCache.cpp"
|
||||
#elif defined(__arm64__)
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/Jit_Util.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/Jit.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_Branch.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_FloatingPoint.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_Integer.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_LoadStore.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_LoadStoreFloating.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_LoadStorePaired.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_Paired.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_RegCache.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_SystemRegisters.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_Tables.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64Cache.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitAsm.cpp"
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/Core/PowerPC/JitArm64/JitArm64_BackPatch.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -4,17 +4,47 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/ControllerInterface.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//OpenEmu undefine the OSX settings
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
#undef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//OpenEmu include OE input header
|
||||
#include "OpenEmuInput.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/Log.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/WiimoteReal/WiimoteReal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "OpenEmuInput.h"
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_WIN32
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Win32/Win32.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_XLIB
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Xlib/XInput2.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/OSX/OSX.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Quartz/Quartz.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_SDL
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/SDL/SDL.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_ANDROID
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Android/Android.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_EVDEV
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/evdev/evdev.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_PIPES
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Pipes/Pipes.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENT
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/DualShockUDPClient/DualShockUDPClient.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ControllerInterface g_controller_interface;
|
||||
static bool m_is_populating_devices = false;
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::Initialize(const WindowSystemInfo& wsi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -28,27 +58,124 @@ void ControllerInterface::Initialize(const WindowSystemInfo& wsi)
|
||||
|
||||
m_is_populating_devices = true;
|
||||
|
||||
Input::Openemu_Input_Init();
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_WIN32
|
||||
ciface::Win32::Init(wsi.render_window);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_XLIB
|
||||
// nothing needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
if (m_wsi.type == WindowSystemType::MacOS)
|
||||
ciface::OSX::Init(wsi.render_window);
|
||||
// nothing needed for Quartz
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_SDL
|
||||
ciface::SDL::Init();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_ANDROID
|
||||
// nothing needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_EVDEV
|
||||
ciface::evdev::Init();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_PIPES
|
||||
// nothing needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_DUALSHOCKUDPCLIENT
|
||||
m_input_backends.emplace_back(ciface::DualShockUDPClient::CreateInputBackend(this));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//OpenEmu initalize OpenEmu Input
|
||||
Input::Openemu_Input_Init();
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshDevices();
|
||||
|
||||
//OpenEmu set populating devices to false
|
||||
m_is_populating_devices = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::ChangeWindow(void* hwnd)
|
||||
static thread_local ciface::InputChannel tls_input_channel = ciface::InputChannel::Host;
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::SetCurrentInputChannel(ciface::InputChannel input_channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tls_input_channel = input_channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ciface::InputChannel ControllerInterface::GetCurrentInputChannel()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return tls_input_channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::PlatformPopulateDevices(std::function<void()> callback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_is_init)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_wsi.render_surface = hwnd;
|
||||
std::lock_guard lk_population(m_devices_population_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
m_populating_devices_counter.fetch_add(1);
|
||||
|
||||
callback();
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_populating_devices_counter.fetch_sub(1) == 1)
|
||||
InvokeDevicesChangedCallbacks();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::ChangeWindow(void* hwnd, WindowChangeReason reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_is_init)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// This shouldn't use render_surface so no need to update it.
|
||||
m_wsi.render_window = hwnd;
|
||||
RefreshDevices();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::RefreshDevices()
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::RefreshDevices(RefreshReason reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_is_init)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
//OpenEmu comment out this section so we can maintain our controller input
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// std::lock_guard lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
// m_devices.clear();
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
m_is_populating_devices = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure shared_ptr<Device> objects are released before repopulating.
|
||||
InvokeDevicesChangedCallbacks();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_WIN32
|
||||
ciface::Win32::PopulateDevices(m_wsi.render_window);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_XLIB
|
||||
if (m_wsi.type == WindowSystemType::X11)
|
||||
ciface::XInput2::PopulateDevices(m_wsi.render_window);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
if (m_wsi.type == WindowSystemType::MacOS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ciface::OSX::PopulateDevices(m_wsi.render_window);
|
||||
ciface::Quartz::PopulateDevices(m_wsi.render_window);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_SDL
|
||||
ciface::SDL::PopulateDevices();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_ANDROID
|
||||
ciface::Android::PopulateDevices();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_EVDEV
|
||||
ciface::evdev::PopulateDevices();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_PIPES
|
||||
ciface::Pipes::PopulateDevices();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ProcessWiimotePool();
|
||||
|
||||
m_is_populating_devices = false;
|
||||
InvokeDevicesChangedCallbacks();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -63,7 +190,7 @@ void ControllerInterface::Shutdown()
|
||||
m_is_init = false;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
std::lock_guard lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
for (const auto& d : m_devices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -79,16 +206,35 @@ void ControllerInterface::Shutdown()
|
||||
// BEFORE we shutdown the backends.
|
||||
InvokeDevicesChangedCallbacks();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_WIN32
|
||||
ciface::Win32::DeInit();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_XLIB
|
||||
// nothing needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_OSX
|
||||
ciface::OSX::DeInit();
|
||||
ciface::Quartz::DeInit();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_SDL
|
||||
ciface::SDL::DeInit();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_ANDROID
|
||||
// nothing needed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef CIFACE_USE_EVDEV
|
||||
ciface::evdev::Shutdown();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::AddDevice(std::shared_ptr<ciface::Core::Device> device)
|
||||
bool ControllerInterface::AddDevice(std::shared_ptr<ciface::Core::Device> device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If we are shutdown (or in process of shutting down) ignore this request:
|
||||
if (!m_is_init)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
std::lock_guard lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
|
||||
const auto is_id_in_use = [&device, this](int id) {
|
||||
return std::any_of(m_devices.begin(), m_devices.end(), [&device, &id](const auto& d) {
|
||||
@@ -113,22 +259,23 @@ void ControllerInterface::AddDevice(std::shared_ptr<ciface::Core::Device> device
|
||||
device->SetId(id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG(SERIALINTERFACE, "Added device: %s", device->GetQualifiedName().c_str());
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG_FMT(CONTROLLERINTERFACE, "Added device: {}", device->GetQualifiedName());
|
||||
m_devices.emplace_back(std::move(device));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_is_populating_devices)
|
||||
InvokeDevicesChangedCallbacks();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::RemoveDevice(std::function<bool(const ciface::Core::Device*)> callback)
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::RemoveDevice(std::function<bool(const ciface::Core::Device*)> callback, bool force_devices_release)
|
||||
{
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
std::lock_guard lk(m_devices_mutex);
|
||||
auto it = std::remove_if(m_devices.begin(), m_devices.end(), [&callback](const auto& dev) {
|
||||
if (callback(dev.get()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG(SERIALINTERFACE, "Removed device: %s", dev->GetQualifiedName().c_str());
|
||||
NOTICE_LOG_FMT(SERIALINTERFACE, "Removed device: {}", dev->GetQualifiedName());
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
@@ -146,12 +293,27 @@ void ControllerInterface::UpdateInput()
|
||||
// Don't block the UI or CPU thread (to avoid a short but noticeable frame drop)
|
||||
if (m_devices_mutex.try_lock())
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::lock_guard<std::mutex> lk(m_devices_mutex, std::adopt_lock);
|
||||
std::lock_guard lk(m_devices_mutex, std::adopt_lock);
|
||||
for (const auto& d : m_devices)
|
||||
d->UpdateInput();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void ControllerInterface::SetAspectRatioAdjustment(float value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_aspect_ratio_adjustment = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Common::Vec2 ControllerInterface::GetWindowInputScale() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
const auto ar = m_aspect_ratio_adjustment.load();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ar > 1)
|
||||
return {1.f, ar};
|
||||
else
|
||||
return {1 / ar, 1.f};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Register a callback to be called when a device is added or removed (as from the input backends'
|
||||
// hotplug thread), or when devices are refreshed
|
||||
// Returns a handle for later removing the callback.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ InputConfig::InputConfig(const std::string& ini_name, const std::string& gui_nam
|
||||
|
||||
InputConfig::~InputConfig() = default;
|
||||
|
||||
bool InputConfig::LoadConfig(bool isGC)
|
||||
bool InputConfig::LoadConfig(InputClass type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//OpenEmu Stub
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
//OpenEmu Stub
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void InputConfig::SaveConfig()
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void InputConfig::SaveConfig()
|
||||
inifile.Save(ini_filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ControllerEmu::EmulatedController* InputConfig::GetController(int index)
|
||||
ControllerEmu::EmulatedController* InputConfig::GetController(int index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_controllers.at(index).get();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ bool InputConfig::ControllersNeedToBeCreated() const
|
||||
return m_controllers.empty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::size_t InputConfig::GetControllerCount() const
|
||||
int InputConfig::GetControllerCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_controllers.size();
|
||||
return static_cast<int>(m_controllers.size());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void InputConfig::RegisterHotplugCallback()
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,46 +1,35 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int openemuButton;
|
||||
unsigned dolphinButton;
|
||||
int value;
|
||||
} keymap;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
float Xaxis;
|
||||
float Yaxis;
|
||||
} axismap;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
keymap gc_pad_keymap[20] = {
|
||||
{OEGCButtonUp, OEDolJoypadUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonDown,OEDolJoypadDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonLeft, OEDolJoypadLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonRight, OEDolJoypadRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogUp, OEGCAnalog, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogDown, OEGCAnalog, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogLeft, OEGCAnalog, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogRight, OEGCAnalog, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCUp, OEGCAnalogC, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCDown, OEGCAnalogC, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCLeft, OEGCAnalogC, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCRight, OEGCAnalogC, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonA, OEDolJoypadA, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonB, OEDolJoypadB, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonX, OEDolJoypadX, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonY, OEDolJoypadY, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonL, OEDolJoypadL, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonR, OEDolJoypadR, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonZ, OEDolJoypadR2, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonStart, OEDolJoypadStart, 0},
|
||||
keymap gc_pad_keymap[22] = {
|
||||
{OEGCButtonUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCAnalogCRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonA, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonB, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonX, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonY, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonL, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonR, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonZ, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCButtonStart, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCDigitalL, 0},
|
||||
{OEGCDigitalR, 0},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// axismap gc_pad_Analog;
|
||||
// axismap gc_pad_AnalogC;
|
||||
axismap gc_pad_Trigger;
|
||||
} gc_pad;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -50,96 +39,72 @@ void init_Callback();
|
||||
|
||||
static gc_pad GameCubePads[4];
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
//static unsigned connected_wiimote_type[MAX_BBMOTES];
|
||||
//static int current_mote_id;
|
||||
//static InputConfig s_config(WIIMOTE_INI_NAME, _trans("Wii Remote"), "Wiimote");
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
keymap wiimote_keymap[54] = {
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonA, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonB, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButton1, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButton2, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonPlus, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonMinus, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteButtonHome, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteTiltForward, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteTiltBackward, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteTiltLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteTiltRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteShake, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingForward, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiMoteSwingBackward, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukAnalogUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukAnalogDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukAnalogLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukAnalogRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukButtonC, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukButtonZ, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiNunchukShake, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogLUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogLDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogLLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogLRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogRUp, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogRDown, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogRLeft, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicAnalogRRight, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonA, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonB, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonX, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonY, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonL, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonR, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonZl, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonZr, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonStart, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonSelect, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiiClassicButtonHome, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiimoteSideways, 0},
|
||||
{OEWiimoteUpright, 0},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
OEWiiConType wiimoteType;
|
||||
ControlState dx, dy;
|
||||
} wii_remote;
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
//typedef struct
|
||||
//{
|
||||
// keymap wiimote_keymap[12] = {
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonLeft, OEDolJoypadLeft, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonRight, OEDolJoypadRight, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonDown, OEDolJoypadDown, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonUp, OEDolJoypadUp, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonPlus, OEDolJoypadStart, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButton2, OEDolJoypadY, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButton1, OEDolJoypadX, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonB, OEDolJoypadB, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonA, OEDolJoypadA, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonMinus, OEDolJoypadSelect, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonHome, OEDolJoypadR3, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteShake, OEDolJoypadR2, 0},
|
||||
// };
|
||||
//
|
||||
// keymap sideways_keymap[12] = {
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonLeft, OEDolJoypadUp, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonRight, OEDolJoypadDown, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonDown, OEDolJoypadLeft, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonUp, OEDolJoypadRight, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonPlus, OEDolJoypadStart, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButton2, OEDolJoypadB, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButton1, OEDolJoypadA, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonB, OEDolJoypadY, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonA, OEDolJoypadX, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonMinus, OEDolJoypadSelect, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteButtonHome, OEDolJoypadR3, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiMoteShake, OEDolJoypadR2, 0},
|
||||
//};
|
||||
//
|
||||
// axismap wiimote_tilt_LR;
|
||||
// axismap wiimote_tilt_FB;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// keymap nunchuk_keymap[3] = {
|
||||
// {OEWiiNunchukButtonC, OEDolJoypadL, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiNunchukButtonZ, OEDolJoypadR, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiNunchukShake, OEDolJoypadL3, 0},
|
||||
// };
|
||||
//
|
||||
// axismap nunchuck_Analog;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// keymap classic_keymap[15] = {
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonRight, WiimoteEmu::Classic::PAD_RIGHT, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonDown, WiimoteEmu::Classic::PAD_DOWN, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonL, WiimoteEmu::Classic::TRIGGER_L, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonSelect, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_MINUS, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonHome, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_HOME, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonStart, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_PLUS, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonR, WiimoteEmu::Classic::TRIGGER_R, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonZl, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_ZL, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonB, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_B, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonY, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_Y, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonX, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_X, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonA, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_A, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonZr, WiimoteEmu::Classic::BUTTON_ZR, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonLeft, WiimoteEmu::Classic::PAD_LEFT, 0},
|
||||
// {OEWiiClassicButtonUp, WiimoteEmu::Classic::PAD_UP, 0},
|
||||
// };
|
||||
//
|
||||
// axismap classic_AnalogLeft;
|
||||
// axismap classic_AnalogRight;
|
||||
// axismap classic_TriggerLeft;
|
||||
// axismap classic_TriggerRight;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// int extension;
|
||||
// ControlState dx, dy;
|
||||
//
|
||||
//} wii_remote;
|
||||
void setWiiButton(int pad_num, int button , int value);
|
||||
void setWiiAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value);
|
||||
|
||||
static wii_remote WiiRemotes[4];
|
||||
|
||||
// static gc_pad GameCubePads[4];
|
||||
// static wii_remote WiiRemotes[4];
|
||||
// static int want_extension[4];
|
||||
|
||||
//void setWiiButton(int pad_num, int button , int value);
|
||||
//void setWiimoteButton(int pad_num, int button , int value);
|
||||
//void setWiiClassicButton(int pad_num, int button , int value);
|
||||
//void setWiiNunchukButton(int pad_num, int button , int value);
|
||||
//
|
||||
//void setWiiAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value);
|
||||
//void setWiimoteAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value);
|
||||
//void setWiiClassicAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value);
|
||||
//void setWiiNunchukAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value);
|
||||
//void setWiiIR(int pad_num, float x , float y);
|
||||
//
|
||||
//int getWiiExtension (int pad_num);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
|
||||
#include "OpenEmuController.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigManager.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Config/Config.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void input_poll_f()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -14,14 +16,13 @@ void input_poll_f()
|
||||
|
||||
int16_t input_state_f(unsigned port, unsigned device, unsigned index, unsigned button)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().bWii && !SConfig::GetInstance().m_bt_passthrough_enabled)
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().bWii && !Config::Get(Config::MAIN_BLUETOOTH_PASSTHROUGH_ENABLED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
//This is where we must translate the OpenEmu frontend keys presses stored in the keymap to bitmasks for Dolphin.
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
return WiiRemotes[port].wiimote_keymap[button].value;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return GameCubePads[port].gc_pad_keymap[button].value;
|
||||
return GameCubePads[port].gc_pad_keymap[button].value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void init_Callback() {
|
||||
@@ -52,3 +53,36 @@ void setGameCubeAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value)
|
||||
}
|
||||
GameCubePads[pad_num].gc_pad_keymap[button].value = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setWiiButton(int pad_num, int button , int value) {
|
||||
WiiRemotes[pad_num].wiimote_keymap[button].value = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void setWiiAxis(int pad_num, int button , float value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (button)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiiMoteTiltLeft:
|
||||
case OEWiiMoteTiltForward:
|
||||
value *= -180;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case OEWiiMoteTiltRight:
|
||||
case OEWiiMoteTiltBackward:
|
||||
value *= 180;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiiNunchukAnalogUp:
|
||||
case OEWiiNunchukAnalogLeft:
|
||||
case OEWiiClassicAnalogLUp:
|
||||
case OEWiiClassicAnalogLLeft:
|
||||
case OEWiiClassicAnalogRUp:
|
||||
case OEWiiClassicAnalogRLeft:
|
||||
value *= -0x8000;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
value *= 0x7FFF;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
WiiRemotes[pad_num].wiimote_keymap[button].value = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5,6 +5,9 @@
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/IniFile.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Config/Config.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/WiimoteSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigManager.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/GCKeyboard.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/GCPad.h"
|
||||
@@ -23,18 +26,17 @@
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerEmu/ControlGroup/Attachments.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerEmu/Setting/NumericSetting.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/ControllerInterface.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/GCAdapter.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/GCPadStatus.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/InputConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DolHost.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern WindowSystemInfo wsi;
|
||||
|
||||
static Input::openemu_input_state_t input_cb;
|
||||
static Input::openemu_input_poll_t poll_cb;
|
||||
static const std::string source = "OpenEmu";
|
||||
static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
|
||||
static bool init_wiimotes = false;
|
||||
|
||||
static std::string GetDeviceName(unsigned device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -46,6 +48,13 @@ static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
return "Analog";
|
||||
case OEDolDevPointer:
|
||||
return "Pointer";
|
||||
case OEDolDevLightGun:
|
||||
return "LightGun";
|
||||
case OEDolDevKeyboard:
|
||||
return "Keyboard";
|
||||
case OEDolDevMouse:
|
||||
return "Mouse";
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "Unknown";
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -146,6 +155,7 @@ static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
switch (device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case OEDolDevJoy:
|
||||
//GC
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonB, "B");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonY, "Y");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonStart, "Start");
|
||||
@@ -155,22 +165,85 @@ static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonRight, "Right");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonA, "A");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonX, "X");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonL, "L");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonR, "R");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCDigitalL, "L");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCDigitalR, "R");
|
||||
AddButton(OEGCButtonZ, "Z");
|
||||
//Wiimote
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonUp, "Up");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonDown, "Down");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonLeft, "Left");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonRight, "Right");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonA, "A");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonB, "B");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButton1, "1");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButton2, "2");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonPlus, "+");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonMinus, "-");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteButtonHome, "Home");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiMoteShake, "wmShake");
|
||||
//Special Buttons
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiimoteSideways, "Sideways");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiimoteUpright, "Upright");
|
||||
//Nunchuk
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiNunchukButtonC, "C");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiNunchukButtonZ, "Z");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiNunchukShake, "ncShake");
|
||||
//Classic
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonUp, "Up");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonDown, "Down");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonLeft, "Left");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonRight, "Right");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonA, "A");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonB, "B");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonX, "X");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonY, "Y");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonL, "L");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonR, "R");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonZl, "Zl");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonZr, "Zr");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonStart, "Start");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonSelect, "Select");
|
||||
AddButton(OEWiiClassicButtonHome, "Home");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEDolDevAnalog:
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogLeft, -0x8000, "X0-", OEGCAnalog);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogRight, 0x7FFF, "X0+", OEGCAnalog);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogUp, -0x8000, "Y0-", OEGCAnalog);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogDown, 0x7FFF, "Y0+", OEGCAnalog);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCLeft, -0x8000, "X1-", OEGCAnalogC);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCRight, 0x7FFF, "X1+", OEGCAnalogC);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCUp, -0x8000, "Y1-", OEGCAnalogC);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCDown, 0x7FFF, "Y1+", OEGCAnalogC);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEDolJoypadL2, 0x7FFF, "Trigger0+", OEGCAnalogTrigger);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEDolJoypadR2, 0x7FFF, "Trigger1+", OEGCAnalogTrigger);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogLeft, -0x8000, "X0-", 0);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogRight, 0x7FFF, "X0+", 0);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogUp, -0x8000, "Y0-", 0);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogDown, 0x7FFF, "Y0+", 0 );
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCLeft, -0x8000, "X1-", 1);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCRight, 0x7FFF, "X1+", 1);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCUp, -0x8000, "Y1-", 1);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCAnalogCDown, 0x7FFF, "Y1+", 1);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCButtonL, 0x7FFF, "LTrigger0+");
|
||||
AddAxis(OEGCButtonR, 0x7FFF, "RTrigger1+");
|
||||
//Wiimote
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteTiltForward, -180, "TiltY0-", 2);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteTiltBackward, 180, "TiltY0+", 2 );
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteTiltLeft, -180, "TiltX0-", 2);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteTiltRight, 180, "TiltX0+", 2);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingUp,-0x8000, "SwingY0-", 3);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingDown,0x7FFF, "SwingY0+", 3);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingLeft,-0x8000, "SwingX0-", 3);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingRight,0x7FFF, "SwingX0+", 3);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingForward, -0x8000, "SwingZ0-", 3);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiMoteSwingBackward,0x7FFF, "SwingZ0+", 3);
|
||||
//Nunchuk
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiNunchukAnalogUp, -0x8000, "ncY0-", 4);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiNunchukAnalogDown,0x7FFF, "ncY0+", 4);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiNunchukAnalogLeft,-0x8000, "ncX0-", 4);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiNunchukAnalogRight,0x7FFF, "ncX0+", 4);
|
||||
//Classic
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogLUp, -0x8000, "ccY0-", 5);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogLDown,0x7FFF, "ccY0+", 5);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogLLeft,-0x8000, "ccX0-", 5);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogLRight,0x7FFF, "ccX0+", 5);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogRUp,-0x8000, "ccY1-", 6);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogRDown,0x7FFF, "ccY1+", 6);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogRLeft,-0x8000, "ccX1-", 6);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicAnalogRRight,0x7FFF, "ccX1+", 6);
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicButtonL, 0x7FFF, "ccLTrigger0+");
|
||||
AddAxis(OEWiiClassicButtonR, 0x7FFF, "ccRTrigger1+");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -195,6 +268,7 @@ static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
|
||||
void Input::Openemu_Input_Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
g_controller_interface.Initialize(DolHost::GetInstance()->GetWSI());
|
||||
|
||||
g_controller_interface.AddDevice(std::make_shared<OEDevice>(OEDolDevKeyboard, 0));
|
||||
@@ -202,11 +276,18 @@ static unsigned input_types[4];
|
||||
Pad::Initialize();
|
||||
Keyboard::Initialize();
|
||||
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().bWii && !Config::Get(Config::MAIN_BLUETOOTH_PASSTHROUGH_ENABLED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
init_wiimotes = true;
|
||||
Wiimote::Initialize(Wiimote::InitializeMode::DO_NOT_WAIT_FOR_WIIMOTES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Shutdown()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Wiimote::ResetAllWiimotes();
|
||||
Wiimote::Shutdown();
|
||||
init_wiimotes = false;
|
||||
Keyboard::Shutdown();
|
||||
Pad::Shutdown();
|
||||
g_controller_interface.Shutdown();
|
||||
@@ -232,65 +313,233 @@ void Input::openemu_set_input_poll(Input::openemu_input_poll_t cb)
|
||||
poll_cb = cb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Input::openemu_set_controller_port_device(unsigned port, unsigned device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (port > 3)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
void Input::openemu_set_controller_port_device(unsigned port, unsigned device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (port > 4)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
input_types[port] = device;
|
||||
input_types[port] = device;
|
||||
|
||||
std::string devJoypad = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevJoy);
|
||||
std::string devAnalog = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevAnalog);
|
||||
std::string devPointer = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevPointer);
|
||||
std::string devJoypad = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevJoy);
|
||||
std::string devAnalog = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevAnalog);
|
||||
std::string devMouse = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevMouse);
|
||||
std::string devPointer = GetQualifiedName(port, OEDolDevPointer);
|
||||
|
||||
RemoveDevicesForPort(port);
|
||||
if ((device & 0xff) != OEDolDevNone)
|
||||
AddDevicesForPort(port);
|
||||
RemoveDevicesForPort(port);
|
||||
if ((device & 0xff) != OEDolDevNone)
|
||||
AddDevicesForPort(port);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GCPad* gcPad = (GCPad*)Pad::GetConfig()->GetController(port);
|
||||
// load an empty inifile section, clears everything
|
||||
IniFile::Section sec;
|
||||
gcPad->LoadConfig(&sec);
|
||||
gcPad->SetDefaultDevice(devJoypad);
|
||||
GCPad* gcPad = (GCPad*)Pad::GetConfig()->GetController(port);
|
||||
// load an empty inifile section, clears everything
|
||||
IniFile::Section sec;
|
||||
gcPad->LoadConfig(&sec);
|
||||
gcPad->SetDefaultDevice(devJoypad);
|
||||
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcButtons = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Buttons);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcMainStick = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::MainStick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcCStick = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::CStick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcDPad = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::DPad);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcTriggers = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Triggers);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcRumble = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Rumble);
|
||||
//#if 0
|
||||
// ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcMic = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Mic);
|
||||
// ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcOptions = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Options);
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcButtons = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Buttons);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcMainStick = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::MainStick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcCStick = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::CStick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcDPad = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::DPad);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcTriggers = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Triggers);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcRumble = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Rumble);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcMic = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Mic);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* gcOptions = gcPad->GetGroup(PadGroup::Options);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(0, "A"); // A
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(1, "B"); // B
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(2, "X"); // X
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(3, "Y"); // Y
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(4, "Z"); // Z
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(5, "Start"); // Start
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y0-`"); // Up
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y0+`"); // Down
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":X0-`"); // Left
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":X0+`"); // Right
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y1-`"); // Up
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y1+`"); // Down
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":X1-`"); // Left
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":X1+`"); // Right
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(0, "Up"); // Up
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(1, "Down"); // Down
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(2, "Left"); // Left
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(3, "Right"); // Right
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(0, "L"); // L-trigger
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(1, "R"); // R-trigger
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":Trigger0+`"); // L-trigger Analog
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":Trigger1+`"); // R-trigger Analog
|
||||
gcRumble->SetControlExpression(0, "Rumble");
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(0, "A"); // A
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(1, "B"); // B
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(2, "X"); // X
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(3, "Y"); // Y
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(4, "Z"); // Z
|
||||
gcButtons->SetControlExpression(5, "Start"); // Start
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y0-`"); // Up
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y0+`"); // Down
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":X0-`"); // Left
|
||||
gcMainStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":X0+`"); // Right
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y1-`"); // Up
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":Y1+`"); // Down
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":X1-`"); // Left
|
||||
gcCStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":X1+`"); // Right
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(0, "Up"); // Up
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(1, "Down"); // Down
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(2, "Left"); // Left
|
||||
gcDPad->SetControlExpression(3, "Right"); // Right
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(0, "L"); // L-trigger
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(1, "R"); // R-trigger
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":LTrigger0+`"); // L-trigger Analog
|
||||
gcTriggers->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":RTrigger1+`"); // R-trigger Analog
|
||||
gcRumble->SetControlExpression(0, "Rumble");
|
||||
|
||||
gcPad->UpdateReferences(g_controller_interface);
|
||||
Pad::GetConfig()->SaveConfig();
|
||||
gcPad->UpdateReferences(g_controller_interface);
|
||||
Pad::GetConfig()->SaveConfig();
|
||||
|
||||
// all_descs.push_back({ 0 });
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (SConfig::GetInstance().bWii && !Config::Get(Config::MAIN_BLUETOOTH_PASSTHROUGH_ENABLED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
WiimoteEmu::Wiimote* wm = (WiimoteEmu::Wiimote*)Wiimote::GetConfig()->GetController(port);
|
||||
// load an empty inifile section, clears everything
|
||||
IniFile::Section sec;
|
||||
wm->LoadConfig(&sec);
|
||||
wm->SetDefaultDevice(devJoypad);
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace WiimoteEmu;
|
||||
if (device == OEWiimoteCC || device == OEWiimoteCC_Pro)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ccButtons = wm->GetClassicGroup(ClassicGroup::Buttons);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ccTriggers = wm->GetClassicGroup(ClassicGroup::Triggers);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ccDpad = wm->GetClassicGroup(ClassicGroup::DPad);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ccLeftStick = wm->GetClassicGroup(ClassicGroup::LeftStick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ccRightStick = wm->GetClassicGroup(ClassicGroup::RightStick);
|
||||
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(0, "A"); // A
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(1, "B"); // B
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(2, "X"); // X
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(3, "Y"); // Y
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(4, "Zl"); // ZL
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(5, "Zr"); // ZR
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(6, "-"); // -
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(7, "+"); // +
|
||||
ccButtons->SetControlExpression(8, "Home"); // Home
|
||||
ccTriggers->SetControlExpression(0, "L"); // L-trigger
|
||||
ccTriggers->SetControlExpression(1, "R"); // R-trigger
|
||||
ccTriggers->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + "ccLTrigger0+`"); // L-trigger Analog
|
||||
ccTriggers->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + "ccRTrigger1+`"); // R-trigger Analog
|
||||
ccDpad->SetControlExpression(0, "Up"); // Up
|
||||
ccDpad->SetControlExpression(1, "Down"); // Down
|
||||
ccDpad->SetControlExpression(2, "Left"); // Left
|
||||
ccDpad->SetControlExpression(3, "Right"); // Right
|
||||
ccLeftStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY0-`"); // Up
|
||||
ccLeftStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY0+`"); // Down
|
||||
ccLeftStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX0-`"); // Left
|
||||
ccLeftStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX0+`"); // Right
|
||||
ccRightStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY1-`"); // Up
|
||||
ccRightStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY1+`"); // Down
|
||||
ccRightStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX1-`"); // Left
|
||||
ccRightStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX1+`"); // Right
|
||||
}
|
||||
else //if (device != OEWiiMoteReal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmButtons = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Buttons);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmDPad = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::DPad);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmIR = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Point);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmShake = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Shake);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmTilt = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Tilt);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmHotkeys = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Hotkeys);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmSwing = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Swing);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(0, "A | `" + devMouse + ":Left`"); // A
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(1, "B | `" + devMouse + ":Right`"); // B
|
||||
|
||||
if (device == OEWiimoteNC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ncButtons = wm->GetNunchukGroup(NunchukGroup::Buttons);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ncStick = wm->GetNunchukGroup(NunchukGroup::Stick);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ncShake = wm->GetNunchukGroup(NunchukGroup::Shake);
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ncTilt = wm->GetNunchukGroup(NunchukGroup::Tilt);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* ncSwing = wm->GetNunchukGroup(NunchukGroup::Swing);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ncButtons->SetControlExpression(0, "C"); // C
|
||||
ncButtons->SetControlExpression(1, "Z"); // Z
|
||||
ncStick->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY0-`"); // Up
|
||||
ncStick->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccY0+`"); // Down
|
||||
ncStick->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX0-`"); // Left
|
||||
ncStick->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":ccX0+`"); // Right
|
||||
ncShake->SetControlExpression(0, "ncShake"); // X
|
||||
ncShake->SetControlExpression(1, "ncShake"); // Y
|
||||
ncShake->SetControlExpression(2, "ncShake"); // Z
|
||||
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(2, "1"); // 1
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(3, "2"); // 2
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(4, "-"); // -
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(5, "+"); // +
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(2, "1"); // 1
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(3, "2"); // 2
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(4, "-"); // -
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(5, "+"); // +
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wmButtons->SetControlExpression(6, "Home"); // Home
|
||||
wmDPad->SetControlExpression(0, "Up"); // Up
|
||||
wmDPad->SetControlExpression(1, "Down"); // Down
|
||||
wmDPad->SetControlExpression(2, "Left"); // Left
|
||||
wmDPad->SetControlExpression(3, "Right"); // Right
|
||||
wmIR->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devPointer + ":Y0-`"); // Up
|
||||
wmIR->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devPointer + ":Y0+`"); // Down
|
||||
wmIR->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devPointer + ":X0-`"); // Left
|
||||
wmIR->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devPointer + ":X0+`"); // Right
|
||||
wmShake->SetControlExpression(0, "wmShake"); // X
|
||||
wmShake->SetControlExpression(1, "wmShake"); // Y
|
||||
wmShake->SetControlExpression(2, "wmShake"); // Z
|
||||
wmTilt->SetControlExpression(0, "`" + devAnalog + ":TiltY0-`"); // Forward
|
||||
wmTilt->SetControlExpression(1, "`" + devAnalog + ":TiltY0+`"); // Backward
|
||||
wmTilt->SetControlExpression(2, "`" + devAnalog + ":TiltX0-`"); // Left
|
||||
wmTilt->SetControlExpression(3, "`" + devAnalog + ":TiltX0+`"); // Right
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
wmHotkeys->SetControlExpression(0, "Sideways"); // Sideways Toggle
|
||||
wmHotkeys->SetControlExpression(1, "Upright"); // Upright Toggle
|
||||
wmHotkeys->SetControlExpression(2, "Sideways"); // Sideways Hold
|
||||
wmHotkeys->SetControlExpression(3, "Upright"); // Upright Hold
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmRumble = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Rumble);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::ControlGroup* wmOptions = wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Options);
|
||||
ControllerEmu::Attachments* wmExtension =
|
||||
(ControllerEmu::Attachments*)wm->GetWiimoteGroup(WiimoteGroup::Attachments);
|
||||
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<double>*>(wmOptions->numeric_settings[0].get())
|
||||
->SetValue(0); // Speaker Pan [-100, 100]
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<double>*>(wmOptions->numeric_settings[1].get())
|
||||
->SetValue(95); // Battery [0, 100]
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<bool>*>(wmOptions->numeric_settings[2].get())
|
||||
->SetValue(false); // Upright Wiimote
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<bool>*>(wmOptions->numeric_settings[3].get())
|
||||
->SetValue(false); // Sideways Wiimote
|
||||
wmRumble->SetControlExpression(0, "Rumble");
|
||||
switch (device)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case OEWiimote:
|
||||
wmExtension->SetSelectedAttachment(ExtensionNumber::NONE);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiimoteSW:
|
||||
wmExtension->SetSelectedAttachment(ExtensionNumber::NONE);
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<bool>*>(wmOptions->numeric_settings[2].get())
|
||||
->SetValue(true); // Sideways Wiimote
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiimoteNC:
|
||||
wmExtension->SetSelectedAttachment(ExtensionNumber::NUNCHUK);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiimoteCC:
|
||||
case OEWiimoteCC_Pro:
|
||||
wmExtension->SetSelectedAttachment(ExtensionNumber::CLASSIC);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case OEWiiMoteReal:
|
||||
//desc = Libretro::Input::descEmpty;
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::Real);
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
//desc = Libretro::Input::descGC;
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(port), WiimoteSource::None);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wm->UpdateReferences(g_controller_interface);
|
||||
::Wiimote::GetConfig()->SaveConfig();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,3 +1,42 @@
|
||||
//Dolphins Internal Controll expression Reference
|
||||
|
||||
//Wiimote
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(0, "A");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(1, "B");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(2, "`1`");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(3, "`2`");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(4, "-");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(5, "+");
|
||||
//m_buttons->SetControlExpression(6, "Home");
|
||||
//m_dpad->SetControlExpression(0, "UP");
|
||||
//m_dpad->SetControlExpression(1, "DOWN");
|
||||
//m_dpad->SetControlExpression(2, "LEFT");
|
||||
//m_dpad->SetControlExpression(3, "RIGHT");
|
||||
//m_ir->SetControlExpression(0, "Cursor Y-");
|
||||
//m_ir->SetControlExpression(1, "Cursor Y+");
|
||||
//m_ir->SetControlExpression(2, "Cursor X-");
|
||||
//m_ir->SetControlExpression(3, "Cursor X+");
|
||||
//Tilt:
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(0, "Tilt Backward");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(1, "Tilt Forward");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(2, "Tilt Left");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(3, "Tilt Right");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(3, "Tilt Modifier");
|
||||
//Swing:
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(0, "Accel Up");
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(1, "Accel Down");
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(2, "Accel Left");
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(3, "Accel Right");
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(4, "Accel Forward");
|
||||
//m_imu_accelerometer->SetControlExpression(5, "Accel Backward");
|
||||
//Gyro:
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(0, "Gyro Pitch Up");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(1, "Gyro Pitch Down");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(2, "Gyro Roll Left");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(3, "Gyro Roll Right");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(4, "Gyro Yaw Left");
|
||||
//m_imu_gyroscope->SetControlExpression(5, "Gyro Yaw Right");
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEDolDev
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEDolDevNone,
|
||||
@@ -9,80 +48,24 @@ typedef enum _OEDolDev
|
||||
OEDolDevPointer
|
||||
} OEDolDevs;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEDolJoyControls
|
||||
typedef enum _OEGCDigital
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEDolJoypadB,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadY,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadSelect,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadStart,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadUp,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadDown,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadLeft,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadRight,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadA,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadX,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadL,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadR,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadL2,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadR2,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadL3,
|
||||
OEDolJoypadR3
|
||||
} OEDolJoyControls;
|
||||
OEGCDigitalL = 21,
|
||||
OEGCDigitalR
|
||||
} OEGCDigital;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEGCAnalogControls
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEGCAnalog,
|
||||
OEGCAnalogC,
|
||||
OEGCAnalogTrigger
|
||||
} OEGCAnalogContols;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEDolAnalogAxis
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEDolAnalogX,
|
||||
OEDolAnalogY
|
||||
} OEDolAnalogAxis;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEGCAxis
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEGCAnalogX,
|
||||
OEGCAnalogY,
|
||||
OEGCAnalogCX,
|
||||
OEGCAnalogCY,
|
||||
OEGCAxisCount
|
||||
} OEGCAxis;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum _OEWiimote
|
||||
typedef enum _OEWiiConType
|
||||
{
|
||||
OEWiimote = 1,
|
||||
OEWiimoteSW,
|
||||
OEWiimoteNC,
|
||||
OEWiimoteCC,
|
||||
OEWiimoteCC_Pro,
|
||||
OEWiiMoteReal
|
||||
} OEWiiController;
|
||||
} OEWiiConType;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace Input
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct openemu_controller_description
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *desc;
|
||||
unsigned id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct openemu_controller_info
|
||||
{
|
||||
const struct openemu_controller_description *types;
|
||||
unsigned num_types;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct openemu_input_descriptor
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned port;
|
||||
unsigned device;
|
||||
unsigned index;
|
||||
unsigned id;
|
||||
const char *description;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int16_t (*openemu_input_state_t)(unsigned port, unsigned device, unsigned index, unsigned id);
|
||||
typedef void (*openemu_input_poll_t)();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -93,5 +76,4 @@ namespace Input
|
||||
void Openemu_Input_Init();
|
||||
void OpenEmu_Input_Update();
|
||||
void ResetControllers();
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2009 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/FramebufferManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <memory>
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/GL/GLInterfaceBase.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/Log.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/MsgHandler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/Memmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/Render.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/SamplerCache.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/TextureConverter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/OnScreenDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VertexShaderGen.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoBackendBase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace OGL
|
||||
{
|
||||
int FramebufferManager::m_targetWidth;
|
||||
int FramebufferManager::m_targetHeight;
|
||||
int FramebufferManager::m_msaaSamples;
|
||||
bool FramebufferManager::m_enable_stencil_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
GLenum FramebufferManager::m_textureType;
|
||||
std::vector<GLuint> FramebufferManager::m_efbFramebuffer;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_xfbFramebuffer;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_efbColor;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_efbDepth;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_efbColorSwap; // for hot swap when reinterpreting EFB pixel formats
|
||||
|
||||
// Only used in MSAA mode.
|
||||
std::vector<GLuint> FramebufferManager::m_resolvedFramebuffer;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_resolvedColorTexture;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_resolvedDepthTexture;
|
||||
|
||||
// reinterpret pixel format
|
||||
SHADER FramebufferManager::m_pixel_format_shaders[2];
|
||||
|
||||
// EFB pokes
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_EfbPokes_VBO;
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::m_EfbPokes_VAO;
|
||||
SHADER FramebufferManager::m_EfbPokes;
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::CreateTexture(GLenum texture_type, GLenum internal_format,
|
||||
GLenum pixel_format, GLenum data_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLuint texture;
|
||||
glGenTextures(1, &texture);
|
||||
glBindTexture(texture_type, texture);
|
||||
if (texture_type == GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glTexParameteri(texture_type, GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL, 0);
|
||||
glTexImage3D(texture_type, 0, internal_format, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight, m_EFBLayers, 0,
|
||||
pixel_format, data_type, nullptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (texture_type == GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupports3DTextureStorageMultisample)
|
||||
glTexStorage3DMultisample(texture_type, m_msaaSamples, internal_format, m_targetWidth,
|
||||
m_targetHeight, m_EFBLayers, false);
|
||||
else
|
||||
glTexImage3DMultisample(texture_type, m_msaaSamples, internal_format, m_targetWidth,
|
||||
m_targetHeight, m_EFBLayers, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (texture_type == GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupports2DTextureStorageMultisample)
|
||||
glTexStorage2DMultisample(texture_type, m_msaaSamples, internal_format, m_targetWidth,
|
||||
m_targetHeight, false);
|
||||
else
|
||||
glTexImage2DMultisample(texture_type, m_msaaSamples, internal_format, m_targetWidth,
|
||||
m_targetHeight, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlert("Unhandled texture type %d", texture_type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
glBindTexture(texture_type, 0);
|
||||
return texture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::BindLayeredTexture(GLuint texture, const std::vector<GLuint>& framebuffers,
|
||||
GLenum attachment, GLenum texture_type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, framebuffers[0]);
|
||||
FramebufferTexture(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, attachment, texture_type, texture, 0);
|
||||
// Bind all the other layers as separate FBOs for blitting.
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 1; i < m_EFBLayers; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, framebuffers[i]);
|
||||
glFramebufferTextureLayer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, attachment, texture, 0, i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool FramebufferManager::HasStencilBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_enable_stencil_buffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FramebufferManager::FramebufferManager(int targetWidth, int targetHeight, int msaaSamples,
|
||||
bool enable_stencil_buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_xfbFramebuffer = g_Config.iRenderFBO;
|
||||
m_efbColor = 0;
|
||||
m_efbDepth = 0;
|
||||
m_efbColorSwap = 0;
|
||||
m_resolvedColorTexture = 0;
|
||||
m_resolvedDepthTexture = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_targetWidth = targetWidth;
|
||||
m_targetHeight = targetHeight;
|
||||
m_msaaSamples = msaaSamples;
|
||||
m_enable_stencil_buffer = enable_stencil_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
// The EFB can be set to different pixel formats by the game through the
|
||||
// BPMEM_ZCOMPARE register (which should probably have a different name).
|
||||
// They are:
|
||||
// - 24-bit RGB (8-bit components) with 24-bit Z
|
||||
// - 24-bit RGBA (6-bit components) with 24-bit Z
|
||||
// - Multisampled 16-bit RGB (5-6-5 format) with 16-bit Z
|
||||
// We only use one EFB format here: 32-bit ARGB with 24-bit Z.
|
||||
// Multisampling depends on user settings.
|
||||
// The distinction becomes important for certain operations, i.e. the
|
||||
// alpha channel should be ignored if the EFB does not have one.
|
||||
|
||||
glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE9);
|
||||
|
||||
m_EFBLayers = (g_ActiveConfig.iStereoMode > 0) ? 2 : 1;
|
||||
m_efbFramebuffer.resize(m_EFBLayers);
|
||||
m_resolvedFramebuffer.resize(m_EFBLayers);
|
||||
|
||||
GLenum depth_internal_format = GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32F;
|
||||
GLenum depth_pixel_format = GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT;
|
||||
GLenum depth_data_type = GL_FLOAT;
|
||||
if (m_enable_stencil_buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
depth_internal_format = GL_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8;
|
||||
depth_pixel_format = GL_DEPTH_STENCIL;
|
||||
depth_data_type = GL_FLOAT_32_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_REV;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_textureType = GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Only use a layered multisample texture if needed. Some drivers
|
||||
// slow down significantly with single-layered multisample textures.
|
||||
if (m_EFBLayers > 1)
|
||||
m_textureType = GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY;
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_textureType = GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Although we are able to access the multisampled texture directly, we don't do it everywhere.
|
||||
// The old way is to "resolve" this multisampled texture by copying it into a non-sampled
|
||||
// texture.
|
||||
// This would lead to an unneeded copy of the EFB, so we are going to avoid it.
|
||||
// But as this job isn't done right now, we do need that texture for resolving:
|
||||
GLenum resolvedType = GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY;
|
||||
|
||||
m_resolvedColorTexture = CreateTexture(resolvedType, GL_RGBA8, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE);
|
||||
m_resolvedDepthTexture =
|
||||
CreateTexture(resolvedType, depth_internal_format, depth_pixel_format, depth_data_type);
|
||||
|
||||
// Bind resolved textures to resolved framebuffer.
|
||||
glGenFramebuffers(m_EFBLayers, m_resolvedFramebuffer.data());
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_resolvedColorTexture, m_resolvedFramebuffer, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0,
|
||||
resolvedType);
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_resolvedDepthTexture, m_resolvedFramebuffer, GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT,
|
||||
resolvedType);
|
||||
if (m_enable_stencil_buffer)
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_resolvedDepthTexture, m_resolvedFramebuffer, GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT,
|
||||
resolvedType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_efbColor = CreateTexture(m_textureType, GL_RGBA8, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE);
|
||||
m_efbDepth =
|
||||
CreateTexture(m_textureType, depth_internal_format, depth_pixel_format, depth_data_type);
|
||||
m_efbColorSwap = CreateTexture(m_textureType, GL_RGBA8, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create XFB framebuffer; targets will be created elsewhere.
|
||||
glGenFramebuffers(1, &m_xfbFramebuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Bind target textures to EFB framebuffer.
|
||||
glGenFramebuffers(m_EFBLayers, m_efbFramebuffer.data());
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_efbColor, m_efbFramebuffer, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0, m_textureType);
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_efbDepth, m_efbFramebuffer, GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT, m_textureType);
|
||||
if (m_enable_stencil_buffer)
|
||||
BindLayeredTexture(m_efbDepth, m_efbFramebuffer, GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT, m_textureType);
|
||||
|
||||
// EFB framebuffer is currently bound, make sure to clear it before use.
|
||||
glViewport(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
glScissor(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
glClearColor(0.f, 0.f, 0.f, 0.f);
|
||||
glClearDepthf(1.0f);
|
||||
glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
|
||||
if (m_enable_stencil_buffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glClearStencil(0);
|
||||
glClear(GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// reinterpret pixel format
|
||||
const char* vs = m_EFBLayers > 1 ? "void main(void) {\n"
|
||||
" vec2 rawpos = vec2(gl_VertexID&1, gl_VertexID&2);\n"
|
||||
" gl_Position = vec4(rawpos*2.0-1.0, 0.0, 1.0);\n"
|
||||
"}\n" :
|
||||
"flat out int layer;\n"
|
||||
"void main(void) {\n"
|
||||
" layer = 0;\n"
|
||||
" vec2 rawpos = vec2(gl_VertexID&1, gl_VertexID&2);\n"
|
||||
" gl_Position = vec4(rawpos*2.0-1.0, 0.0, 1.0);\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
|
||||
// The way to sample the EFB is based on the on the current configuration.
|
||||
// As we use the same sampling way for both interpreting shaders, the sampling
|
||||
// shader are generated first:
|
||||
std::string sampler;
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// non-msaa, so just fetch the pixel
|
||||
sampler = "SAMPLER_BINDING(9) uniform sampler2DArray samp9;\n"
|
||||
"vec4 sampleEFB(ivec3 pos) {\n"
|
||||
" return texelFetch(samp9, pos, 0);\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsSSAA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// msaa + sample shading available, so just fetch the sample
|
||||
// This will lead to sample shading, but it's the only way to not loose
|
||||
// the values of each sample.
|
||||
if (m_EFBLayers > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sampler = "SAMPLER_BINDING(9) uniform sampler2DMSArray samp9;\n"
|
||||
"vec4 sampleEFB(ivec3 pos) {\n"
|
||||
" return texelFetch(samp9, pos, gl_SampleID);\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sampler = "SAMPLER_BINDING(9) uniform sampler2DMS samp9;\n"
|
||||
"vec4 sampleEFB(ivec3 pos) {\n"
|
||||
" return texelFetch(samp9, pos.xy, gl_SampleID);\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// msaa without sample shading: calculate the mean value of the pixel
|
||||
std::stringstream samples;
|
||||
samples << m_msaaSamples;
|
||||
if (m_EFBLayers > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sampler = "SAMPLER_BINDING(9) uniform sampler2DMSArray samp9;\n"
|
||||
"vec4 sampleEFB(ivec3 pos) {\n"
|
||||
" vec4 color = vec4(0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0);\n"
|
||||
" for(int i=0; i<" +
|
||||
samples.str() + "; i++)\n"
|
||||
" color += texelFetch(samp9, pos, i);\n"
|
||||
" return color / " +
|
||||
samples.str() + ";\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sampler = "SAMPLER_BINDING(9) uniform sampler2DMS samp9;\n"
|
||||
"vec4 sampleEFB(ivec3 pos) {\n"
|
||||
" vec4 color = vec4(0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0);\n"
|
||||
" for(int i=0; i<" +
|
||||
samples.str() + "; i++)\n"
|
||||
" color += texelFetch(samp9, pos.xy, i);\n"
|
||||
" return color / " +
|
||||
samples.str() + ";\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string ps_rgba6_to_rgb8 =
|
||||
sampler + "flat in int layer;\n"
|
||||
"out vec4 ocol0;\n"
|
||||
"void main()\n"
|
||||
"{\n"
|
||||
" ivec4 src6 = ivec4(round(sampleEFB(ivec3(gl_FragCoord.xy, layer)) * 63.f));\n"
|
||||
" ivec4 dst8;\n"
|
||||
" dst8.r = (src6.r << 2) | (src6.g >> 4);\n"
|
||||
" dst8.g = ((src6.g & 0xF) << 4) | (src6.b >> 2);\n"
|
||||
" dst8.b = ((src6.b & 0x3) << 6) | src6.a;\n"
|
||||
" dst8.a = 255;\n"
|
||||
" ocol0 = float4(dst8) / 255.f;\n"
|
||||
"}";
|
||||
|
||||
std::string ps_rgb8_to_rgba6 =
|
||||
sampler + "flat in int layer;\n"
|
||||
"out vec4 ocol0;\n"
|
||||
"void main()\n"
|
||||
"{\n"
|
||||
" ivec4 src8 = ivec4(round(sampleEFB(ivec3(gl_FragCoord.xy, layer)) * 255.f));\n"
|
||||
" ivec4 dst6;\n"
|
||||
" dst6.r = src8.r >> 2;\n"
|
||||
" dst6.g = ((src8.r & 0x3) << 4) | (src8.g >> 4);\n"
|
||||
" dst6.b = ((src8.g & 0xF) << 2) | (src8.b >> 6);\n"
|
||||
" dst6.a = src8.b & 0x3F;\n"
|
||||
" ocol0 = float4(dst6) / 63.f;\n"
|
||||
"}";
|
||||
|
||||
std::stringstream vertices, layers;
|
||||
vertices << m_EFBLayers * 3;
|
||||
layers << m_EFBLayers;
|
||||
std::string gs = "layout(triangles) in;\n"
|
||||
"layout(triangle_strip, max_vertices = " +
|
||||
vertices.str() + ") out;\n"
|
||||
"flat out int layer;\n"
|
||||
"void main()\n"
|
||||
"{\n"
|
||||
" for (int j = 0; j < " +
|
||||
layers.str() + "; ++j) {\n"
|
||||
" for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {\n"
|
||||
" layer = j;\n"
|
||||
" gl_Layer = j;\n"
|
||||
" gl_Position = gl_in[i].gl_Position;\n"
|
||||
" EmitVertex();\n"
|
||||
" }\n"
|
||||
" EndPrimitive();\n"
|
||||
" }\n"
|
||||
"}\n";
|
||||
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::CompileShader(m_pixel_format_shaders[0], vs, ps_rgb8_to_rgba6,
|
||||
(m_EFBLayers > 1) ? gs : "");
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::CompileShader(m_pixel_format_shaders[1], vs, ps_rgba6_to_rgb8,
|
||||
(m_EFBLayers > 1) ? gs : "");
|
||||
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::CompileShader(
|
||||
m_EfbPokes,
|
||||
StringFromFormat("in vec2 rawpos;\n"
|
||||
"in vec4 rawcolor0;\n" // color
|
||||
"in int rawcolor1;\n" // depth
|
||||
"out vec4 v_c;\n"
|
||||
"out float v_z;\n"
|
||||
"void main(void) {\n"
|
||||
" gl_Position = vec4(((rawpos + 0.5) / vec2(640.0, 528.0) * 2.0 - 1.0) * "
|
||||
"vec2(1.0, -1.0), 0.0, 1.0);\n"
|
||||
" gl_PointSize = %d.0 / 640.0;\n"
|
||||
" v_c = rawcolor0.bgra;\n"
|
||||
" v_z = float(rawcolor1 & 0xFFFFFF) / 16777216.0;\n"
|
||||
"}\n",
|
||||
m_targetWidth),
|
||||
|
||||
StringFromFormat("in vec4 %s_c;\n"
|
||||
"in float %s_z;\n"
|
||||
"out vec4 ocol0;\n"
|
||||
"void main(void) {\n"
|
||||
" ocol0 = %s_c;\n"
|
||||
" gl_FragDepth = %s_z;\n"
|
||||
"}\n",
|
||||
m_EFBLayers > 1 ? "g" : "v", m_EFBLayers > 1 ? "g" : "v",
|
||||
m_EFBLayers > 1 ? "g" : "v", m_EFBLayers > 1 ? "g" : "v"),
|
||||
|
||||
m_EFBLayers > 1 ? StringFromFormat("layout(points) in;\n"
|
||||
"layout(points, max_vertices = %d) out;\n"
|
||||
"in vec4 v_c[1];\n"
|
||||
"in float v_z[1];\n"
|
||||
"out vec4 g_c;\n"
|
||||
"out float g_z;\n"
|
||||
"void main()\n"
|
||||
"{\n"
|
||||
" for (int j = 0; j < %d; ++j) {\n"
|
||||
" gl_Layer = j;\n"
|
||||
" gl_Position = gl_in[0].gl_Position;\n"
|
||||
" gl_PointSize = %d.0 / 640.0;\n"
|
||||
" g_c = v_c[0];\n"
|
||||
" g_z = v_z[0];\n"
|
||||
" EmitVertex();\n"
|
||||
" EndPrimitive();\n"
|
||||
" }\n"
|
||||
"}\n",
|
||||
m_EFBLayers, m_EFBLayers, m_targetWidth) :
|
||||
"");
|
||||
glGenBuffers(1, &m_EfbPokes_VBO);
|
||||
glGenVertexArrays(1, &m_EfbPokes_VAO);
|
||||
glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, m_EfbPokes_VBO);
|
||||
glBindVertexArray(m_EfbPokes_VAO);
|
||||
glEnableVertexAttribArray(SHADER_POSITION_ATTRIB);
|
||||
glVertexAttribPointer(SHADER_POSITION_ATTRIB, 2, GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT, 0, sizeof(EfbPokeData),
|
||||
(void*)offsetof(EfbPokeData, x));
|
||||
glEnableVertexAttribArray(SHADER_COLOR0_ATTRIB);
|
||||
glVertexAttribPointer(SHADER_COLOR0_ATTRIB, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, 1, sizeof(EfbPokeData),
|
||||
(void*)offsetof(EfbPokeData, data));
|
||||
glEnableVertexAttribArray(SHADER_COLOR1_ATTRIB);
|
||||
glVertexAttribIPointer(SHADER_COLOR1_ATTRIB, 1, GL_INT, sizeof(EfbPokeData),
|
||||
(void*)offsetof(EfbPokeData, data));
|
||||
|
||||
if (GLInterface->GetMode() == GLInterfaceMode::MODE_OPENGL)
|
||||
glEnable(GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FramebufferManager::~FramebufferManager()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, g_Config.iRenderFBO);
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint glObj[3];
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: OpenGL deletion functions silently ignore parameters of "0".
|
||||
|
||||
glDeleteFramebuffers(m_EFBLayers, m_efbFramebuffer.data());
|
||||
glDeleteFramebuffers(m_EFBLayers, m_resolvedFramebuffer.data());
|
||||
|
||||
// Required, as these are static class members
|
||||
m_efbFramebuffer.clear();
|
||||
m_resolvedFramebuffer.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
glDeleteFramebuffers(1, &m_xfbFramebuffer);
|
||||
m_xfbFramebuffer = g_Config.iRenderFBO;
|
||||
|
||||
glObj[0] = m_resolvedColorTexture;
|
||||
glObj[1] = m_resolvedDepthTexture;
|
||||
glDeleteTextures(2, glObj);
|
||||
m_resolvedColorTexture = 0;
|
||||
m_resolvedDepthTexture = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
glObj[0] = m_efbColor;
|
||||
glObj[1] = m_efbDepth;
|
||||
glObj[2] = m_efbColorSwap;
|
||||
glDeleteTextures(3, glObj);
|
||||
m_efbColor = 0;
|
||||
m_efbDepth = 0;
|
||||
m_efbColorSwap = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// reinterpret pixel format
|
||||
m_pixel_format_shaders[0].Destroy();
|
||||
m_pixel_format_shaders[1].Destroy();
|
||||
|
||||
// EFB pokes
|
||||
glDeleteBuffers(1, &m_EfbPokes_VBO);
|
||||
glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &m_EfbPokes_VAO);
|
||||
m_EfbPokes_VBO = 0;
|
||||
m_EfbPokes_VAO = 0;
|
||||
m_EfbPokes.Destroy();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::GetEFBColorTexture(const EFBRectangle& sourceRc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_efbColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Transfer the EFB to a resolved texture. EXT_framebuffer_blit is
|
||||
// required.
|
||||
|
||||
TargetRectangle targetRc = g_renderer->ConvertEFBRectangle(sourceRc);
|
||||
targetRc.ClampUL(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
|
||||
// Resolve.
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_EFBLayers; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, m_resolvedFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBlitFramebuffer(targetRc.left, targetRc.top, targetRc.right, targetRc.bottom, targetRc.left,
|
||||
targetRc.top, targetRc.right, targetRc.bottom, GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT,
|
||||
GL_NEAREST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return to EFB.
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[0]);
|
||||
|
||||
return m_resolvedColorTexture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::GetEFBDepthTexture(const EFBRectangle& sourceRc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_efbDepth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Transfer the EFB to a resolved texture.
|
||||
|
||||
TargetRectangle targetRc = g_renderer->ConvertEFBRectangle(sourceRc);
|
||||
targetRc.ClampUL(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
|
||||
// Resolve.
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_EFBLayers; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, m_resolvedFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBlitFramebuffer(targetRc.left, targetRc.top, targetRc.right, targetRc.bottom, targetRc.left,
|
||||
targetRc.top, targetRc.right, targetRc.bottom, GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT,
|
||||
GL_NEAREST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return to EFB.
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[0]);
|
||||
|
||||
return m_resolvedDepthTexture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::ResolveEFBStencilTexture()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Resolve.
|
||||
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_EFBLayers; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, m_resolvedFramebuffer[i]);
|
||||
glBlitFramebuffer(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight, 0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight,
|
||||
GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT, GL_NEAREST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return to EFB.
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, m_efbFramebuffer[0]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::CopyToRealXFB(u32 xfbAddr, u32 fbStride, u32 fbHeight,
|
||||
const EFBRectangle& sourceRc, float Gamma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8* xfb_in_ram = Memory::GetPointer(xfbAddr);
|
||||
if (!xfb_in_ram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG(VIDEO, "Tried to copy to invalid XFB address");
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TargetRectangle targetRc = g_renderer->ConvertEFBRectangle(sourceRc);
|
||||
TextureConverter::EncodeToRamYUYV(ResolveAndGetRenderTarget(sourceRc), targetRc, xfb_in_ram,
|
||||
sourceRc.GetWidth(), fbStride, fbHeight);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::GetResolvedFramebuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_msaaSamples <= 1)
|
||||
return m_efbFramebuffer[0];
|
||||
return m_resolvedFramebuffer[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::SetFramebuffer(GLuint fb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, fb != 0 ? fb : GetEFBFramebuffer());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::FramebufferTexture(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget,
|
||||
GLuint texture, GLint level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (textarget == GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY || textarget == GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_EFBLayers > 1)
|
||||
glFramebufferTexture(target, attachment, texture, level);
|
||||
else
|
||||
glFramebufferTextureLayer(target, attachment, texture, level, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glFramebufferTexture2D(target, attachment, textarget, texture, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Apply AA if enabled
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::ResolveAndGetRenderTarget(const EFBRectangle& source_rect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetEFBColorTexture(source_rect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint FramebufferManager::ResolveAndGetDepthTarget(const EFBRectangle& source_rect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetEFBDepthTexture(source_rect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::ReinterpretPixelData(unsigned int convtype)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_renderer->ResetAPIState();
|
||||
|
||||
OpenGL_BindAttributelessVAO();
|
||||
|
||||
GLuint src_texture = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// We aren't allowed to render and sample the same texture in one draw call,
|
||||
// so we have to create a new texture and overwrite it completely.
|
||||
// To not allocate one big texture every time, we've allocated two on
|
||||
// initialization and just swap them here:
|
||||
src_texture = m_efbColor;
|
||||
m_efbColor = m_efbColorSwap;
|
||||
m_efbColorSwap = src_texture;
|
||||
FramebufferTexture(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0, m_textureType, m_efbColor, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
glViewport(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE9);
|
||||
glBindTexture(m_textureType, src_texture);
|
||||
g_sampler_cache->BindNearestSampler(9);
|
||||
|
||||
m_pixel_format_shaders[convtype ? 1 : 0].Bind();
|
||||
glDrawArrays(GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0, 4);
|
||||
glBindTexture(m_textureType, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
g_renderer->RestoreAPIState();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
XFBSource::~XFBSource()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDeleteTextures(1, &texture);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void XFBSource::DecodeToTexture(u32 xfbAddr, u32 fbWidth, u32 fbHeight)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TextureConverter::DecodeToTexture(xfbAddr, fbWidth, fbHeight, texture);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void XFBSource::CopyEFB(float Gamma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_renderer->ResetAPIState();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy EFB data to XFB and restore render target again
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, FramebufferManager::GetXFBFramebuffer());
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < m_layers; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Bind EFB and texture layer
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER, FramebufferManager::GetEFBFramebuffer(i));
|
||||
glFramebufferTextureLayer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0, texture, 0, i);
|
||||
|
||||
glBlitFramebuffer(0, 0, texWidth, texHeight, 0, 0, texWidth, texHeight, GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT,
|
||||
GL_NEAREST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return to EFB.
|
||||
FramebufferManager::SetFramebuffer(0);
|
||||
|
||||
g_renderer->RestoreAPIState();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<XFBSourceBase> FramebufferManager::CreateXFBSource(unsigned int target_width,
|
||||
unsigned int target_height,
|
||||
unsigned int layers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLuint texture;
|
||||
|
||||
glGenTextures(1, &texture);
|
||||
|
||||
glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE9);
|
||||
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY, texture);
|
||||
glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY, GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL, 0);
|
||||
glTexImage3D(GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY, 0, GL_RGBA, target_width, target_height, layers, 0, GL_RGBA,
|
||||
GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, nullptr);
|
||||
|
||||
return std::make_unique<XFBSource>(texture, layers);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::pair<u32, u32> FramebufferManager::GetTargetSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::make_pair(m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void FramebufferManager::PokeEFB(EFBAccessType type, const EfbPokeData* points, size_t num_points)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_renderer->ResetAPIState();
|
||||
|
||||
if (type == EFBAccessType::PokeZ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDepthMask(GL_TRUE);
|
||||
glColorMask(GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE, GL_FALSE);
|
||||
glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
|
||||
glDepthFunc(GL_ALWAYS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
glBindVertexArray(m_EfbPokes_VAO);
|
||||
glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, m_EfbPokes_VBO);
|
||||
glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, sizeof(EfbPokeData) * num_points, points, GL_STREAM_DRAW);
|
||||
m_EfbPokes.Bind();
|
||||
glViewport(0, 0, m_targetWidth, m_targetHeight);
|
||||
glDrawArrays(GL_POINTS, 0, (GLsizei)num_points);
|
||||
|
||||
g_renderer->RestoreAPIState();
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Could just update the EFB cache with the new value
|
||||
ClearEFBCache();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace OGL
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2022 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLGfx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLBoundingBox.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLObjectCache.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLPipeline.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLStateTracker.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLTexture.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLUtil.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLVertexFormat.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLVertexManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/FramebufferManager.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/Present.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoBackendBase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#import "DolphinGameCore.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
|
||||
Metal::Gfx::Gfx(MRCOwned<CAMetalLayer*> layer) : m_layer(std::move(layer))
|
||||
{
|
||||
UpdateActiveConfig();
|
||||
[m_layer setDisplaySyncEnabled:g_ActiveConfig.bVSyncActive];
|
||||
|
||||
SetupSurface();
|
||||
g_state_tracker->FlushEncoders();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Metal::Gfx::~Gfx() = default;
|
||||
|
||||
bool Metal::Gfx::IsHeadless() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_layer == nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// MARK: Texture Creation
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractTexture> Metal::Gfx::CreateTexture(const TextureConfig& config,
|
||||
std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
MRCOwned<MTLTextureDescriptor*> desc = MRCTransfer([MTLTextureDescriptor new]);
|
||||
[desc setTextureType:config.samples > 1 ? MTLTextureType2DMultisampleArray :
|
||||
MTLTextureType2DArray];
|
||||
[desc setPixelFormat:Util::FromAbstract(config.format)];
|
||||
[desc setWidth:config.width];
|
||||
[desc setHeight:config.height];
|
||||
[desc setMipmapLevelCount:config.levels];
|
||||
[desc setArrayLength:config.layers];
|
||||
[desc setSampleCount:config.samples];
|
||||
[desc setStorageMode:MTLStorageModePrivate];
|
||||
MTLTextureUsage usage = MTLTextureUsageShaderRead;
|
||||
if (config.IsRenderTarget())
|
||||
usage |= MTLTextureUsageRenderTarget;
|
||||
if (config.IsComputeImage())
|
||||
usage |= MTLTextureUsageShaderWrite;
|
||||
[desc setUsage:usage];
|
||||
id<MTLTexture> texture = [g_device newTextureWithDescriptor:desc];
|
||||
if (!texture)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (name.empty())
|
||||
[texture setLabel:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Texture %d", m_texture_counter++]];
|
||||
else
|
||||
[texture setLabel:MRCTransfer([[NSString alloc] initWithBytes:name.data()
|
||||
length:name.size()
|
||||
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding])];
|
||||
return std::make_unique<Texture>(MRCTransfer(texture), config);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractStagingTexture>
|
||||
Metal::Gfx::CreateStagingTexture(StagingTextureType type, const TextureConfig& config)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
const size_t stride = config.GetStride();
|
||||
const size_t buffer_size = stride * static_cast<size_t>(config.height);
|
||||
|
||||
MTLResourceOptions options = MTLStorageModeShared;
|
||||
if (type == StagingTextureType::Upload)
|
||||
options |= MTLResourceCPUCacheModeWriteCombined;
|
||||
|
||||
id<MTLBuffer> buffer = [g_device newBufferWithLength:buffer_size options:options];
|
||||
if (!buffer)
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
[buffer
|
||||
setLabel:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Staging Texture %d", m_staging_texture_counter++]];
|
||||
return std::make_unique<StagingTexture>(MRCTransfer(buffer), type, config);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractFramebuffer>
|
||||
Metal::Gfx::CreateFramebuffer(AbstractTexture* color_attachment, AbstractTexture* depth_attachment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AbstractTexture* const either_attachment = color_attachment ? color_attachment : depth_attachment;
|
||||
return std::make_unique<Framebuffer>(
|
||||
color_attachment, depth_attachment, either_attachment->GetWidth(),
|
||||
either_attachment->GetHeight(), either_attachment->GetLayers(),
|
||||
either_attachment->GetSamples());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// MARK: Pipeline Creation
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractShader> Metal::Gfx::CreateShaderFromSource(ShaderStage stage,
|
||||
std::string_view source,
|
||||
std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::optional<std::string> msl = Util::TranslateShaderToMSL(stage, source);
|
||||
if (!msl.has_value())
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlertFmt("Failed to convert shader {} to MSL", name);
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return CreateShaderFromMSL(stage, std::move(*msl), source, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractShader> Metal::Gfx::CreateShaderFromBinary(ShaderStage stage,
|
||||
const void* data, size_t length,
|
||||
std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return CreateShaderFromMSL(stage, std::string(static_cast<const char*>(data), length), {}, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// clang-format off
|
||||
|
||||
static const char* StageFilename(ShaderStage stage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (stage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Vertex: return "vs";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Geometry: return "gs";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Pixel: return "ps";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Compute: return "cs";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static NSString* GenericShaderName(ShaderStage stage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (stage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Vertex: return @"Vertex shader %d";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Geometry: return @"Geometry shader %d";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Pixel: return @"Pixel shader %d";
|
||||
case ShaderStage::Compute: return @"Compute shader %d";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// clang-format on
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractShader> Metal::Gfx::CreateShaderFromMSL(ShaderStage stage, std::string msl,
|
||||
std::string_view glsl,
|
||||
std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
NSError* err = nullptr;
|
||||
auto DumpBadShader = [&](std::string_view msg) {
|
||||
static int counter = 0;
|
||||
std::string filename = VideoBackendBase::BadShaderFilename(StageFilename(stage), counter++);
|
||||
std::ofstream stream(filename);
|
||||
if (stream.good())
|
||||
{
|
||||
stream << msl << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << "/*" << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << msg << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << "Error:" << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << [[err localizedDescription] UTF8String] << std::endl;
|
||||
if (!glsl.empty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
stream << "Original GLSL:" << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << glsl << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
stream << "Shader was created with cached MSL so no GLSL is available." << std::endl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
stream << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << "Dolphin Version: " << Common::GetScmRevStr() << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << "Video Backend: " << g_video_backend->GetDisplayName() << std::endl;
|
||||
stream << "*/" << std::endl;
|
||||
stream.close();
|
||||
|
||||
PanicAlertFmt("{} (written to {})\n", msg, filename);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
auto lib = MRCTransfer([g_device newLibraryWithSource:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:msl.data()]
|
||||
options:nil
|
||||
error:&err]);
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DumpBadShader(fmt::format("Failed to compile {}", name));
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
auto fn = MRCTransfer([lib newFunctionWithName:@"main0"]);
|
||||
if (!fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DumpBadShader(fmt::format("Shader {} is missing its main0 function", name));
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!name.empty())
|
||||
[fn setLabel:MRCTransfer([[NSString alloc] initWithBytes:name.data()
|
||||
length:name.size()
|
||||
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding])];
|
||||
else
|
||||
[fn setLabel:[NSString stringWithFormat:GenericShaderName(stage),
|
||||
m_shader_counter[static_cast<u32>(stage)]++]];
|
||||
[lib setLabel:[fn label]];
|
||||
if (stage == ShaderStage::Compute)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MTLComputePipelineReflection* reflection = nullptr;
|
||||
auto desc = [MTLComputePipelineDescriptor new];
|
||||
[desc setComputeFunction:fn];
|
||||
[desc setLabel:[fn label]];
|
||||
MRCOwned<id<MTLComputePipelineState>> pipeline =
|
||||
MRCTransfer([g_device newComputePipelineStateWithDescriptor:desc
|
||||
options:MTLPipelineOptionArgumentInfo
|
||||
reflection:&reflection
|
||||
error:&err]);
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DumpBadShader(fmt::format("Failed to compile compute pipeline {}", name));
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return std::make_unique<ComputePipeline>(stage, reflection, std::move(msl), std::move(fn),
|
||||
std::move(pipeline));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return std::make_unique<Shader>(stage, std::move(msl), std::move(fn));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<NativeVertexFormat>
|
||||
Metal::Gfx::CreateNativeVertexFormat(const PortableVertexDeclaration& vtx_decl)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::make_unique<VertexFormat>(vtx_decl);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractPipeline> Metal::Gfx::CreatePipeline(const AbstractPipelineConfig& config,
|
||||
const void* cache_data,
|
||||
size_t cache_data_length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return g_object_cache->CreatePipeline(config);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::Flush()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->FlushEncoders();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::WaitForGPUIdle()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->FlushEncoders();
|
||||
g_state_tracker->WaitForFlushedEncoders();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::OnConfigChanged(u32 bits)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AbstractGfx::OnConfigChanged(bits);
|
||||
|
||||
if (bits & CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_VSYNC)
|
||||
[m_layer setDisplaySyncEnabled:g_ActiveConfig.bVSyncActive];
|
||||
|
||||
if (bits & CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_ANISOTROPY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_object_cache->ReloadSamplers();
|
||||
g_state_tracker->ReloadSamplers();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::ClearRegion(const MathUtil::Rectangle<int>& target_rc, bool color_enable,
|
||||
bool alpha_enable, bool z_enable, u32 color, u32 z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32 framebuffer_width = m_current_framebuffer->GetWidth();
|
||||
u32 framebuffer_height = m_current_framebuffer->GetHeight();
|
||||
// All Metal render passes are fullscreen, so we can only run a fast clear if the target is too
|
||||
if (target_rc == MathUtil::Rectangle<int>(0, 0, framebuffer_width, framebuffer_height))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Determine whether the EFB has an alpha channel. If it doesn't, we can clear the alpha
|
||||
// channel to 0xFF. This hopefully allows us to use the fast path in most cases.
|
||||
if (bpmem.zcontrol.pixel_format == PixelFormat::RGB565_Z16 ||
|
||||
bpmem.zcontrol.pixel_format == PixelFormat::RGB8_Z24 ||
|
||||
bpmem.zcontrol.pixel_format == PixelFormat::Z24)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Force alpha writes, and clear the alpha channel. This is different from the other backends,
|
||||
// where the existing values of the alpha channel are preserved.
|
||||
alpha_enable = true;
|
||||
color &= 0x00FFFFFF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool c_ok = (color_enable && alpha_enable) ||
|
||||
g_state_tracker->GetCurrentFramebuffer()->GetColorFormat() ==
|
||||
AbstractTextureFormat::Undefined;
|
||||
bool z_ok = z_enable || g_state_tracker->GetCurrentFramebuffer()->GetDepthFormat() ==
|
||||
AbstractTextureFormat::Undefined;
|
||||
if (c_ok && z_ok)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
// clang-format off
|
||||
MTLClearColor clear_color = MTLClearColorMake(
|
||||
static_cast<double>((color >> 16) & 0xFF) / 255.0,
|
||||
static_cast<double>((color >> 8) & 0xFF) / 255.0,
|
||||
static_cast<double>((color >> 0) & 0xFF) / 255.0,
|
||||
static_cast<double>((color >> 24) & 0xFF) / 255.0);
|
||||
// clang-format on
|
||||
float z_normalized = static_cast<float>(z & 0xFFFFFF) / 16777216.0f;
|
||||
if (!g_Config.backend_info.bSupportsReversedDepthRange)
|
||||
z_normalized = 1.f - z_normalized;
|
||||
g_state_tracker->BeginClearRenderPass(clear_color, z_normalized);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
g_state_tracker->EnableEncoderLabel(false);
|
||||
AbstractGfx::ClearRegion(target_rc, color_enable, alpha_enable, z_enable, color, z);
|
||||
g_state_tracker->EnableEncoderLabel(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetPipeline(const AbstractPipeline* pipeline)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetPipeline(static_cast<const Pipeline*>(pipeline));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Shouldn't be bound as a texture.
|
||||
if (AbstractTexture* color = framebuffer->GetColorAttachment())
|
||||
g_state_tracker->UnbindTexture(static_cast<Texture*>(color)->GetMTLTexture());
|
||||
if (AbstractTexture* depth = framebuffer->GetDepthAttachment())
|
||||
g_state_tracker->UnbindTexture(static_cast<Texture*>(depth)->GetMTLTexture());
|
||||
|
||||
m_current_framebuffer = framebuffer;
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetCurrentFramebuffer(static_cast<Framebuffer*>(framebuffer));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetAndDiscardFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetFramebuffer(framebuffer);
|
||||
g_state_tracker->BeginRenderPass(MTLLoadActionDontCare);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetAndClearFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer,
|
||||
const ClearColor& color_value, float depth_value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetFramebuffer(framebuffer);
|
||||
MTLClearColor color =
|
||||
MTLClearColorMake(color_value[0], color_value[1], color_value[2], color_value[3]);
|
||||
g_state_tracker->BeginClearRenderPass(color, depth_value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetScissorRect(const MathUtil::Rectangle<int>& rc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetScissor(rc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetTexture(u32 index, const AbstractTexture* texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetTexture(
|
||||
index, texture ? static_cast<const Texture*>(texture)->GetMTLTexture() : nullptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetSamplerState(u32 index, const SamplerState& state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetSampler(index, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetComputeImageTexture(AbstractTexture* texture, bool read, bool write)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetComputeTexture(static_cast<const Texture*>(texture));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::UnbindTexture(const AbstractTexture* texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->UnbindTexture(static_cast<const Texture*>(texture)->GetMTLTexture());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetViewport(float x, float y, float width, float height, float near_depth,
|
||||
float far_depth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetViewport(x, y, width, height, near_depth, far_depth);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::Draw(u32 base_vertex, u32 num_vertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->Draw(base_vertex, num_vertices);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::DrawIndexed(u32 base_index, u32 num_indices, u32 base_vertex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->DrawIndexed(base_index, num_indices, base_vertex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::DispatchComputeShader(const AbstractShader* shader, //
|
||||
u32 groupsize_x, u32 groupsize_y, u32 groupsize_z,
|
||||
u32 groups_x, u32 groups_y, u32 groups_z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->SetPipeline(static_cast<const ComputePipeline*>(shader));
|
||||
g_state_tracker->DispatchComputeShader(groupsize_x, groupsize_y, groupsize_z, //
|
||||
groups_x, groups_y, groups_z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::BindBackbuffer(const ClearColor& clear_color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
CheckForSurfaceChange();
|
||||
CheckForSurfaceResize();
|
||||
m_drawable = MRCRetain([m_layer nextDrawable]);
|
||||
m_bb_texture->SetMTLTexture(MRCRetain([m_drawable texture]));
|
||||
SetAndClearFramebuffer(m_backbuffer.get(), clear_color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::PresentBackbuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_state_tracker->EndRenderPass();
|
||||
if (m_drawable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//OpenEmu Blit to GameCoore Texture for Rendering
|
||||
id<MTLBlitCommandEncoder> blitCommandEncoder = [g_state_tracker->GetRenderCmdBuf() blitCommandEncoder];
|
||||
|
||||
if (@available(macOS 10.15, *)) {
|
||||
[blitCommandEncoder copyFromTexture:[m_drawable texture] toTexture:id<MTLTexture>([_current metalTexture])];
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
// Fallback on earlier versions
|
||||
// TODO: Add pre 10.15 metal blit
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
[blitCommandEncoder endEncoding];
|
||||
|
||||
// PresentDrawable refuses to allow Dolphin to present faster than the display's refresh rate
|
||||
// when windowed (or fullscreen with vsync enabled, but that's more understandable).
|
||||
// On the other hand, it helps Xcode's GPU captures start and stop on frame boundaries
|
||||
// which is convenient. Put it here as a default-off config, which we can override in Xcode.
|
||||
// It also seems to improve frame pacing, so enable it by default with vsync
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.iUsePresentDrawable == TriState::On ||
|
||||
(g_ActiveConfig.iUsePresentDrawable == TriState::Auto && g_ActiveConfig.bVSyncActive))
|
||||
[g_state_tracker->GetRenderCmdBuf() presentDrawable:m_drawable];
|
||||
else
|
||||
[g_state_tracker->GetRenderCmdBuf()
|
||||
addScheduledHandler:[drawable = std::move(m_drawable)](id) { [drawable present]; }];
|
||||
m_bb_texture->SetMTLTexture(nullptr);
|
||||
m_drawable = nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
g_state_tracker->FlushEncoders();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::CheckForSurfaceChange()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_presenter->SurfaceChangedTestAndClear())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
m_layer = MRCRetain(static_cast<CAMetalLayer*>(g_presenter->GetNewSurfaceHandle()));
|
||||
SetupSurface();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::CheckForSurfaceResize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_presenter->SurfaceResizedTestAndClear())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
SetupSurface();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::Gfx::SetupSurface()
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto info = GetSurfaceInfo();
|
||||
|
||||
[m_layer setDrawableSize:{static_cast<double>(info.width), static_cast<double>(info.height)}];
|
||||
|
||||
TextureConfig cfg(info.width, info.height, 1, 1, 1, info.format,
|
||||
AbstractTextureFlag_RenderTarget);
|
||||
m_bb_texture = std::make_unique<Texture>(nullptr, cfg);
|
||||
m_backbuffer = std::make_unique<Framebuffer>(m_bb_texture.get(), nullptr, //
|
||||
info.width, info.height, 1, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (g_presenter)
|
||||
g_presenter->SetBackbuffer(info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SurfaceInfo Metal::Gfx::GetSurfaceInfo() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_layer) // Headless
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
|
||||
CGSize size = [m_layer bounds].size;
|
||||
const float scale = [m_layer contentsScale];
|
||||
|
||||
return {static_cast<u32>(size.width * scale), static_cast<u32>(size.height * scale), scale,
|
||||
Util::ToAbstract([m_layer pixelFormat])};
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2022 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/VideoBackend.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// This must be included before we use any TARGET_OS_* macros.
|
||||
#include <TargetConditionals.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_OS_OSX
|
||||
#include <AppKit/AppKit.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <Metal/Metal.h>
|
||||
#include <QuartzCore/QuartzCore.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/MsgHandler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLBoundingBox.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLGfx.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLObjectCache.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLPerfQuery.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLStateTracker.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLUtil.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/Metal/MTLVertexManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/AbstractGfx.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/FramebufferManager.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoCommon.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#import "DolphinGameCore.h"
|
||||
|
||||
std::string Metal::VideoBackend::GetName() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NAME;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string Metal::VideoBackend::GetDisplayName() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// i18n: Apple's Metal graphics API (https://developer.apple.com/metal/)
|
||||
return _trans("Metal");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::optional<std::string> Metal::VideoBackend::GetWarningMessage() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// if (Util::GetAdapterList().empty())
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// return _trans("No Metal-compatible GPUs were found. "
|
||||
// "Use the OpenGL backend or upgrade your computer/GPU");
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
return std::nullopt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool WindowSystemTypeSupportsMetal(WindowSystemType type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// switch (type)
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// case WindowSystemType::MacOS:
|
||||
// case WindowSystemType::Headless:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
// default:
|
||||
// return false;
|
||||
// }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Metal::VideoBackend::Initialize(const WindowSystemInfo& wsi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
const bool surface_ok = wsi.type == WindowSystemType::Headless || wsi.render_surface;
|
||||
if (!WindowSystemTypeSupportsMetal(wsi.type) || !surface_ok)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PanicAlertFmt("Bad WindowSystemInfo for Metal renderer.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfo(&g_Config);
|
||||
std::vector<MRCOwned<id<MTLDevice>>> adapters;
|
||||
adapters.push_back(MRCTransfer([_current metalDevice]));
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfoAdapters(&g_Config, adapters);
|
||||
if (!adapters.empty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the selected adapter, or the first to fill features.
|
||||
size_t index = static_cast<size_t>(g_Config.iAdapter);
|
||||
if (index >= adapters.size())
|
||||
index = 0;
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfoFeatures(&g_Config, adapters[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Since we haven't called InitializeShared yet, iAdapter may be out of range,
|
||||
// so we have to check it ourselves.
|
||||
size_t selected_adapter_index = static_cast<size_t>(g_Config.iAdapter);
|
||||
if (selected_adapter_index >= adapters.size())
|
||||
{
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(VIDEO, "Metal adapter index out of range, selecting default adapter.");
|
||||
selected_adapter_index = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MRCOwned<id<MTLDevice>> adapter = MRCOwned<id<MTLDevice>>(MRCRetain([_current metalDevice]));
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfoFeatures(&g_Config, adapter);
|
||||
|
||||
UpdateActiveConfig();
|
||||
|
||||
MRCOwned<CAMetalLayer*> layer = MRCRetain(static_cast<CAMetalLayer*>(wsi.render_surface));
|
||||
//MRCOwned<CAMetalLayer*> layer = MRCRetain([CAMetalLayer layer]);
|
||||
layer.Get().framebufferOnly=NO;
|
||||
[layer setDevice:adapter];
|
||||
|
||||
if (Util::ToAbstract([layer pixelFormat]) == AbstractTextureFormat::Undefined)
|
||||
[layer setPixelFormat:MTLPixelFormatBGRA8Unorm];
|
||||
|
||||
ObjectCache::Initialize(std::move(adapter));
|
||||
g_state_tracker = std::make_unique<StateTracker>();
|
||||
|
||||
return InitializeShared(
|
||||
std::make_unique<Metal::Gfx>(std::move(layer)), std::make_unique<Metal::VertexManager>(),
|
||||
std::make_unique<Metal::PerfQuery>(), std::make_unique<Metal::BoundingBox>());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::VideoBackend::Shutdown()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ShutdownShared();
|
||||
|
||||
g_state_tracker.reset();
|
||||
ObjectCache::Shutdown();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::VideoBackend::InitBackendInfo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
@autoreleasepool
|
||||
{
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfo(&g_Config);
|
||||
std::vector<MRCOwned<id<MTLDevice>>> adapters;
|
||||
adapters.push_back(MRCTransfer([_current metalDevice]));
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfoAdapters(&g_Config, adapters);
|
||||
if (!adapters.empty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the selected adapter, or the first to fill features.
|
||||
size_t index = static_cast<size_t>(g_Config.iAdapter);
|
||||
if (index >= adapters.size())
|
||||
index = 0;
|
||||
Util::PopulateBackendInfoFeatures(&g_Config, adapters[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Metal::VideoBackend::PrepareWindow(WindowSystemInfo& wsi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//#if TARGET_OS_OSX
|
||||
// if (wsi.type != WindowSystemType::MacOS)
|
||||
// return;
|
||||
// NSView* view = static_cast<NSView*>(wsi.render_surface);
|
||||
CAMetalLayer* layer = [CAMetalLayer layer];
|
||||
// [view setWantsLayer:YES];
|
||||
// [view setLayer:layer];
|
||||
wsi.render_surface = layer;
|
||||
//#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
|
||||
// Copyright 2023 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/OGLGfx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/GL/GLContext.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/GL/GLExtensions/GLExtensions.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Logging/LogManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/GraphicsSettings.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/OGLConfig.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/OGLPipeline.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/OGLShader.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/OGLTexture.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/ProgramShaderCache.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/SamplerCache.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/AsyncShaderCompiler.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/DriverDetails.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/OnScreenDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/Present.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string_view>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace OGL
|
||||
{
|
||||
VideoConfig g_ogl_config;
|
||||
|
||||
static void APIENTRY ErrorCallback(GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity,
|
||||
GLsizei length, const char* message, const void* userParam)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char* s_source;
|
||||
const char* s_type;
|
||||
|
||||
// Performance - DualCore driver performance warning:
|
||||
// DualCore application thread syncing with server thread
|
||||
if (id == 0x200b0)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (source)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_API_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "API";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_WINDOW_SYSTEM_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "Window System";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_SHADER_COMPILER_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "Shader Compiler";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_THIRD_PARTY_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "Third Party";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_APPLICATION_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "Application";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_OTHER_ARB:
|
||||
s_source = "Other";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
s_source = "Unknown";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_ERROR_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Error";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_DEPRECATED_BEHAVIOR_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Deprecated";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Undefined";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PORTABILITY_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Portability";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Performance";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_TYPE_OTHER_ARB:
|
||||
s_type = "Other";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
s_type = "Unknown";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (severity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_HIGH_ARB:
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(HOST_GPU, "id: {:x}, source: {}, type: {} - {}", id, s_source, s_type, message);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_MEDIUM_ARB:
|
||||
WARN_LOG_FMT(HOST_GPU, "id: {:x}, source: {}, type: {} - {}", id, s_source, s_type, message);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_LOW_ARB:
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(HOST_GPU, "id: {:x}, source: {}, type: {} - {}", id, s_source, s_type, message);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_NOTIFICATION:
|
||||
DEBUG_LOG_FMT(HOST_GPU, "id: {:x}, source: {}, type: {} - {}", id, s_source, s_type, message);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
ERROR_LOG_FMT(HOST_GPU, "id: {:x}, source: {}, type: {} - {}", id, s_source, s_type, message);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Two small Fallbacks to avoid GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility
|
||||
static void APIENTRY DepthRangef(GLfloat neardepth, GLfloat fardepth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDepthRange(neardepth, fardepth);
|
||||
}
|
||||
static void APIENTRY ClearDepthf(GLfloat depthval)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glClearDepth(depthval);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLGfx::OGLGfx(std::unique_ptr<GLContext> main_gl_context, float backbuffer_scale)
|
||||
: m_main_gl_context(std::move(main_gl_context)),
|
||||
m_current_rasterization_state(RenderState::GetInvalidRasterizationState()),
|
||||
m_current_depth_state(RenderState::GetInvalidDepthState()),
|
||||
m_current_blend_state(RenderState::GetInvalidBlendingState()),
|
||||
m_backbuffer_scale(backbuffer_scale)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the window framebuffer.
|
||||
if (!m_main_gl_context->IsHeadless())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_system_framebuffer = std::make_unique<OGLFramebuffer>(
|
||||
nullptr, nullptr, AbstractTextureFormat::RGBA8, AbstractTextureFormat::Undefined,
|
||||
std::max(m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferWidth(), 1u),
|
||||
std::max(m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferHeight(), 1u), 1, 1, g_Config.iRenderFBO);
|
||||
m_current_framebuffer = m_system_framebuffer.get();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_main_gl_context->IsGLES())
|
||||
{
|
||||
// OpenGL 3 doesn't provide GLES like float functions for depth.
|
||||
// They are in core in OpenGL 4.1, so almost every driver should support them.
|
||||
// But for the oldest ones, we provide fallbacks to the old double functions.
|
||||
if (!GLExtensions::Supports("GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDepthRangef = DepthRangef;
|
||||
glClearDepthf = ClearDepthf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!PopulateConfig(m_main_gl_context.get()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Not all needed extensions are supported, so we have to stop here.
|
||||
// Else some of the next calls might crash.
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
InitDriverInfo();
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup Debug logging
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupportsDebug)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (GLExtensions::Supports("GL_KHR_debug"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDebugMessageControl(GL_DONT_CARE, GL_DONT_CARE, GL_DONT_CARE, 0, nullptr, true);
|
||||
glDebugMessageCallback(ErrorCallback, nullptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDebugMessageControlARB(GL_DONT_CARE, GL_DONT_CARE, GL_DONT_CARE, 0, nullptr, true);
|
||||
glDebugMessageCallbackARB(ErrorCallback, nullptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (Common::Log::LogManager::GetInstance()->IsEnabled(Common::Log::LogType::HOST_GPU,
|
||||
Common::Log::LogLevel::LERROR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDisable(GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Handle VSync on/off
|
||||
if (!DriverDetails::HasBug(DriverDetails::BUG_BROKEN_VSYNC))
|
||||
m_main_gl_context->SwapInterval(g_ActiveConfig.bVSyncActive);
|
||||
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsClipControl)
|
||||
glClipControl(GL_LOWER_LEFT, GL_ZERO_TO_ONE);
|
||||
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsDepthClamp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE0);
|
||||
glEnable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE1);
|
||||
glEnable(GL_DEPTH_CLAMP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 4); // 4-byte pixel alignment
|
||||
|
||||
glGenFramebuffers(1, &m_shared_read_framebuffer);
|
||||
glGenFramebuffers(1, &m_shared_draw_framebuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsPrimitiveRestart)
|
||||
GLUtil::EnablePrimitiveRestart(m_main_gl_context.get());
|
||||
|
||||
UpdateActiveConfig();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
OGLGfx::~OGLGfx()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDeleteFramebuffers(1, &m_shared_draw_framebuffer);
|
||||
glDeleteFramebuffers(1, &m_shared_read_framebuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool OGLGfx::IsHeadless() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_main_gl_context->IsHeadless();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractTexture> OGLGfx::CreateTexture(const TextureConfig& config,
|
||||
std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::make_unique<OGLTexture>(config, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractStagingTexture> OGLGfx::CreateStagingTexture(StagingTextureType type,
|
||||
const TextureConfig& config)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return OGLStagingTexture::Create(type, config);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractFramebuffer> OGLGfx::CreateFramebuffer(AbstractTexture* color_attachment,
|
||||
AbstractTexture* depth_attachment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return OGLFramebuffer::Create(static_cast<OGLTexture*>(color_attachment),
|
||||
static_cast<OGLTexture*>(depth_attachment));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractShader>
|
||||
OGLGfx::CreateShaderFromSource(ShaderStage stage, std::string_view source, std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return OGLShader::CreateFromSource(stage, source, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractShader>
|
||||
OGLGfx::CreateShaderFromBinary(ShaderStage stage, const void* data, size_t length,
|
||||
[[maybe_unused]] std::string_view name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<AbstractPipeline> OGLGfx::CreatePipeline(const AbstractPipelineConfig& config,
|
||||
const void* cache_data,
|
||||
size_t cache_data_length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return OGLPipeline::Create(config, cache_data, cache_data_length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetScissorRect(const MathUtil::Rectangle<int>& rc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glScissor(rc.left, rc.top, rc.GetWidth(), rc.GetHeight());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetViewport(float x, float y, float width, float height, float near_depth,
|
||||
float far_depth)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupportViewportFloat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glViewportIndexedf(0, x, y, width, height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
auto iceilf = [](float f) { return static_cast<GLint>(std::ceil(f)); };
|
||||
glViewport(iceilf(x), iceilf(y), iceilf(width), iceilf(height));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
glDepthRangef(near_depth, far_depth);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::Draw(u32 base_vertex, u32 num_vertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawArrays(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(m_current_pipeline)->GetGLPrimitive(), base_vertex,
|
||||
num_vertices);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::DrawIndexed(u32 base_index, u32 num_indices, u32 base_vertex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupportsGLBaseVertex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawElementsBaseVertex(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(m_current_pipeline)->GetGLPrimitive(),
|
||||
num_indices, GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT,
|
||||
static_cast<u16*>(nullptr) + base_index, base_vertex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawElements(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(m_current_pipeline)->GetGLPrimitive(),
|
||||
num_indices, GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT, static_cast<u16*>(nullptr) + base_index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::DispatchComputeShader(const AbstractShader* shader, u32 groupsize_x, u32 groupsize_y,
|
||||
u32 groupsize_z, u32 groups_x, u32 groups_y, u32 groups_z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glUseProgram(static_cast<const OGLShader*>(shader)->GetGLComputeProgramID());
|
||||
glDispatchCompute(groups_x, groups_y, groups_z);
|
||||
|
||||
// We messed up the program binding, so restore it.
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::InvalidateLastProgram();
|
||||
if (m_current_pipeline)
|
||||
static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(m_current_pipeline)->GetProgram()->shader.Bind();
|
||||
|
||||
// Barrier to texture can be used for reads.
|
||||
if (m_bound_image_texture)
|
||||
glMemoryBarrier(GL_TEXTURE_UPDATE_BARRIER_BIT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SelectLeftBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawBuffer(GL_BACK_LEFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SelectRightBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawBuffer(GL_BACK_RIGHT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SelectMainBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDrawBuffer(GL_BACK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current_framebuffer == framebuffer)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_FRAMEBUFFER, static_cast<OGLFramebuffer*>(framebuffer)->GetFBO());
|
||||
m_current_framebuffer = framebuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetAndDiscardFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// EXT_discard_framebuffer could be used here to save bandwidth on tilers.
|
||||
SetFramebuffer(framebuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetAndClearFramebuffer(AbstractFramebuffer* framebuffer, const ClearColor& color_value,
|
||||
float depth_value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetFramebuffer(framebuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
|
||||
GLbitfield clear_mask = 0;
|
||||
if (framebuffer->HasColorBuffer())
|
||||
{
|
||||
glColorMask(GL_TRUE, GL_TRUE, GL_TRUE, GL_TRUE);
|
||||
glClearColor(color_value[0], color_value[1], color_value[2], color_value[3]);
|
||||
clear_mask |= GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (framebuffer->HasDepthBuffer())
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDepthMask(GL_TRUE);
|
||||
glClearDepthf(depth_value);
|
||||
clear_mask |= GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
glClear(clear_mask);
|
||||
glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
|
||||
|
||||
// Restore color/depth mask.
|
||||
if (framebuffer->HasColorBuffer())
|
||||
{
|
||||
glColorMask(m_current_blend_state.colorupdate, m_current_blend_state.colorupdate,
|
||||
m_current_blend_state.colorupdate, m_current_blend_state.alphaupdate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (framebuffer->HasDepthBuffer())
|
||||
glDepthMask(m_current_depth_state.updateenable);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::ClearRegion(const MathUtil::Rectangle<int>& target_rc, bool colorEnable,
|
||||
bool alphaEnable, bool zEnable, u32 color, u32 z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32 clear_mask = 0;
|
||||
if (colorEnable || alphaEnable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glColorMask(colorEnable, colorEnable, colorEnable, alphaEnable);
|
||||
glClearColor(float((color >> 16) & 0xFF) / 255.0f, float((color >> 8) & 0xFF) / 255.0f,
|
||||
float((color >> 0) & 0xFF) / 255.0f, float((color >> 24) & 0xFF) / 255.0f);
|
||||
clear_mask = GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (zEnable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDepthMask(zEnable ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE);
|
||||
glClearDepthf(float(z & 0xFFFFFF) / 16777216.0f);
|
||||
clear_mask |= GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update rect for clearing the picture
|
||||
// glColorMask/glDepthMask/glScissor affect glClear (glViewport does not)
|
||||
g_gfx->SetScissorRect(target_rc);
|
||||
|
||||
glClear(clear_mask);
|
||||
|
||||
// Restore color/depth mask.
|
||||
if (colorEnable || alphaEnable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glColorMask(m_current_blend_state.colorupdate, m_current_blend_state.colorupdate,
|
||||
m_current_blend_state.colorupdate, m_current_blend_state.alphaupdate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (zEnable)
|
||||
glDepthMask(m_current_depth_state.updateenable);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::BindBackbuffer(const ClearColor& clear_color)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CheckForSurfaceChange();
|
||||
CheckForSurfaceResize();
|
||||
SetAndClearFramebuffer(m_system_framebuffer.get(), clear_color);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::PresentBackbuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (g_ogl_config.bSupportsDebug)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Common::Log::LogManager::GetInstance()->IsEnabled(Common::Log::LogType::HOST_GPU,
|
||||
Common::Log::LogLevel::LERROR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDisable(GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the back and front buffers, presenting the image.
|
||||
m_main_gl_context->Swap();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::OnConfigChanged(u32 bits)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AbstractGfx::OnConfigChanged(bits);
|
||||
|
||||
if (bits & CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_VSYNC && !DriverDetails::HasBug(DriverDetails::BUG_BROKEN_VSYNC))
|
||||
m_main_gl_context->SwapInterval(g_ActiveConfig.bVSyncActive);
|
||||
|
||||
if (bits & CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_ANISOTROPY)
|
||||
g_sampler_cache->Clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::Flush()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ensure all commands are sent to the GPU.
|
||||
// Otherwise the driver could batch several frames together.
|
||||
glFlush();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::WaitForGPUIdle()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glFinish();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::CheckForSurfaceChange()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_presenter->SurfaceChangedTestAndClear())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_main_gl_context->UpdateSurface(g_presenter->GetNewSurfaceHandle());
|
||||
|
||||
u32 width = m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferWidth();
|
||||
u32 height = m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferHeight();
|
||||
|
||||
// With a surface change, the window likely has new dimensions.
|
||||
g_presenter->SetBackbuffer(width, height);
|
||||
m_system_framebuffer->UpdateDimensions(width, height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::CheckForSurfaceResize()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!g_presenter->SurfaceResizedTestAndClear())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_main_gl_context->Update();
|
||||
u32 width = m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferWidth();
|
||||
u32 height = m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferHeight();
|
||||
g_presenter->SetBackbuffer(width, height);
|
||||
m_system_framebuffer->UpdateDimensions(width, height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::BeginUtilityDrawing()
|
||||
{
|
||||
AbstractGfx::BeginUtilityDrawing();
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsDepthClamp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDisable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE0);
|
||||
glDisable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::EndUtilityDrawing()
|
||||
{
|
||||
AbstractGfx::EndUtilityDrawing();
|
||||
if (g_ActiveConfig.backend_info.bSupportsDepthClamp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE0);
|
||||
glEnable(GL_CLIP_DISTANCE1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::ApplyRasterizationState(const RasterizationState state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current_rasterization_state == state)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// none, ccw, cw, ccw
|
||||
if (state.cullmode != CullMode::None)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: GX_CULL_ALL not supported, yet!
|
||||
glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE);
|
||||
glFrontFace(state.cullmode == CullMode::Front ? GL_CCW : GL_CW);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_current_rasterization_state = state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::ApplyDepthState(const DepthState state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current_depth_state == state)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
const GLenum glCmpFuncs[8] = {GL_NEVER, GL_LESS, GL_EQUAL, GL_LEQUAL,
|
||||
GL_GREATER, GL_NOTEQUAL, GL_GEQUAL, GL_ALWAYS};
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.testenable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
|
||||
glDepthMask(state.updateenable ? GL_TRUE : GL_FALSE);
|
||||
glDepthFunc(glCmpFuncs[u32(state.func.Value())]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// if the test is disabled write is disabled too
|
||||
// TODO: When PE performance metrics are being emulated via occlusion queries, we should
|
||||
// (probably?) enable depth test with depth function ALWAYS here
|
||||
glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
|
||||
glDepthMask(GL_FALSE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_current_depth_state = state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::ApplyBlendingState(const BlendingState state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current_blend_state == state)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
bool useDualSource = state.usedualsrc;
|
||||
|
||||
const GLenum src_factors[8] = {GL_ZERO,
|
||||
GL_ONE,
|
||||
GL_DST_COLOR,
|
||||
GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR,
|
||||
useDualSource ? GL_SRC1_ALPHA : (GLenum)GL_SRC_ALPHA,
|
||||
useDualSource ? GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA :
|
||||
(GLenum)GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA,
|
||||
GL_DST_ALPHA,
|
||||
GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA};
|
||||
const GLenum dst_factors[8] = {GL_ZERO,
|
||||
GL_ONE,
|
||||
GL_SRC_COLOR,
|
||||
GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR,
|
||||
useDualSource ? GL_SRC1_ALPHA : (GLenum)GL_SRC_ALPHA,
|
||||
useDualSource ? GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA :
|
||||
(GLenum)GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA,
|
||||
GL_DST_ALPHA,
|
||||
GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA};
|
||||
|
||||
if (state.blendenable)
|
||||
glEnable(GL_BLEND);
|
||||
else
|
||||
glDisable(GL_BLEND);
|
||||
|
||||
// Always call glBlendEquationSeparate and glBlendFuncSeparate, even when
|
||||
// GL_BLEND is disabled, as a workaround for some bugs (possibly graphics
|
||||
// driver issues?). See https://bugs.dolphin-emu.org/issues/10120 : "Sonic
|
||||
// Adventure 2 Battle: graphics crash when loading first Dark level"
|
||||
GLenum equation = state.subtract ? GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT : GL_FUNC_ADD;
|
||||
GLenum equationAlpha = state.subtractAlpha ? GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT : GL_FUNC_ADD;
|
||||
glBlendEquationSeparate(equation, equationAlpha);
|
||||
glBlendFuncSeparate(src_factors[u32(state.srcfactor.Value())],
|
||||
dst_factors[u32(state.dstfactor.Value())],
|
||||
src_factors[u32(state.srcfactoralpha.Value())],
|
||||
dst_factors[u32(state.dstfactoralpha.Value())]);
|
||||
|
||||
const GLenum logic_op_codes[16] = {
|
||||
GL_CLEAR, GL_AND, GL_AND_REVERSE, GL_COPY, GL_AND_INVERTED, GL_NOOP,
|
||||
GL_XOR, GL_OR, GL_NOR, GL_EQUIV, GL_INVERT, GL_OR_REVERSE,
|
||||
GL_COPY_INVERTED, GL_OR_INVERTED, GL_NAND, GL_SET};
|
||||
|
||||
// Logic ops aren't available in GLES3
|
||||
if (!IsGLES())
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (state.logicopenable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glEnable(GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP);
|
||||
glLogicOp(logic_op_codes[u32(state.logicmode.Value())]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glDisable(GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
glColorMask(state.colorupdate, state.colorupdate, state.colorupdate, state.alphaupdate);
|
||||
m_current_blend_state = state;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetPipeline(const AbstractPipeline* pipeline)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current_pipeline == pipeline)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pipeline)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ApplyRasterizationState(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(pipeline)->GetRasterizationState());
|
||||
ApplyDepthState(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(pipeline)->GetDepthState());
|
||||
ApplyBlendingState(static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(pipeline)->GetBlendingState());
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::BindVertexFormat(
|
||||
static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(pipeline)->GetVertexFormat());
|
||||
static_cast<const OGLPipeline*>(pipeline)->GetProgram()->shader.Bind();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
ProgramShaderCache::InvalidateLastProgram();
|
||||
glUseProgram(0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_current_pipeline = pipeline;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetTexture(u32 index, const AbstractTexture* texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const OGLTexture* gl_texture = static_cast<const OGLTexture*>(texture);
|
||||
if (m_bound_textures[index] == gl_texture)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0 + index);
|
||||
if (gl_texture)
|
||||
glBindTexture(gl_texture->GetGLTarget(), gl_texture->GetGLTextureId());
|
||||
else
|
||||
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY, 0);
|
||||
m_bound_textures[index] = gl_texture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetSamplerState(u32 index, const SamplerState& state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_sampler_cache->SetSamplerState(index, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::SetComputeImageTexture(AbstractTexture* texture, bool read, bool write)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_bound_image_texture == texture)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const GLenum access = read ? (write ? GL_READ_WRITE : GL_READ_ONLY) : GL_WRITE_ONLY;
|
||||
glBindImageTexture(0, static_cast<OGLTexture*>(texture)->GetGLTextureId(), 0, GL_TRUE, 0,
|
||||
access, static_cast<OGLTexture*>(texture)->GetGLFormatForImageTexture());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindImageTexture(0, 0, 0, GL_FALSE, 0, GL_READ_ONLY, GL_RGBA8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_bound_image_texture = texture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::UnbindTexture(const AbstractTexture* texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (size_t i = 0; i < m_bound_textures.size(); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_bound_textures[i] != texture)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
glActiveTexture(static_cast<GLenum>(GL_TEXTURE0 + i));
|
||||
glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY, 0);
|
||||
m_bound_textures[i] = nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_bound_image_texture == texture)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindImageTexture(0, 0, 0, GL_FALSE, 0, GL_READ_ONLY, GL_RGBA8);
|
||||
m_bound_image_texture = nullptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::unique_ptr<VideoCommon::AsyncShaderCompiler> OGLGfx::CreateAsyncShaderCompiler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return std::make_unique<SharedContextAsyncShaderCompiler>();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool OGLGfx::IsGLES() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_main_gl_context->IsGLES();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::BindSharedReadFramebuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER, m_shared_read_framebuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::BindSharedDrawFramebuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER, m_shared_draw_framebuffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void OGLGfx::RestoreFramebufferBinding()
|
||||
{
|
||||
glBindFramebuffer(
|
||||
GL_FRAMEBUFFER,
|
||||
m_current_framebuffer ? static_cast<OGLFramebuffer*>(m_current_framebuffer)->GetFBO() : 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SurfaceInfo OGLGfx::GetSurfaceInfo() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return {std::max(m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferWidth(), 1u),
|
||||
std::max(m_main_gl_context->GetBackBufferHeight(), 1u), m_backbuffer_scale,
|
||||
AbstractTextureFormat::RGBA8};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace OGL
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2022, OpenEmu Team
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
// * Neither the name of the OpenEmu Team nor the
|
||||
// names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
// derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY OpenEmu Team ''AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
// DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL OpenEmu Team BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
// (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
// ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
// SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __x86_64__
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/VideoCommon/TextureDecoder_x64.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2022, OpenEmu Team
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
// documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
// * Neither the name of the OpenEmu Team nor the
|
||||
// names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
// derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY OpenEmu Team ''AS IS'' AND ANY
|
||||
// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
// DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL OpenEmu Team BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
// DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
// (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
// LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
// ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
// SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __x86_64__
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/VideoCommon/VertexLoaderX64.cpp"
|
||||
#elif defined(__arm64__)
|
||||
#include "../../dolphin/Source/Core/VideoCommon/VertexLoaderARM64.cpp"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
|
||||
//// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
//// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Copyright 2008 Dolphin Emulator Project
|
||||
// Licensed under GPLv2+
|
||||
// Refer to the license.txt file included.
|
||||
@@ -14,8 +16,11 @@
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Common/CommonTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/GraphicsModSystem/Config/GraphicsModGroup.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/VideoCommon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum class APIType;
|
||||
|
||||
// Log in two categories, and save three other options in the same byte
|
||||
#define CONF_LOG 1
|
||||
#define CONF_PRIMLOG 2
|
||||
@@ -26,221 +31,304 @@ constexpr int EFB_SCALE_AUTO_INTEGRAL = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
enum class AspectMode : int
|
||||
{
|
||||
Auto,
|
||||
AnalogWide,
|
||||
Analog,
|
||||
Stretch,
|
||||
Auto,
|
||||
AnalogWide,
|
||||
Analog,
|
||||
Stretch,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum class StereoMode : int
|
||||
{
|
||||
Off,
|
||||
SBS,
|
||||
TAB,
|
||||
Anaglyph,
|
||||
QuadBuffer,
|
||||
Passive,
|
||||
Nvidia3DVision,
|
||||
Off,
|
||||
SBS,
|
||||
TAB,
|
||||
Anaglyph,
|
||||
QuadBuffer,
|
||||
Passive
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum class ShaderCompilationMode : int
|
||||
{
|
||||
Synchronous,
|
||||
SynchronousUberShaders,
|
||||
AsynchronousUberShaders,
|
||||
AsynchronousSkipRendering
|
||||
Synchronous,
|
||||
SynchronousUberShaders,
|
||||
AsynchronousUberShaders,
|
||||
AsynchronousSkipRendering
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum class TextureFilteringMode : int
|
||||
{
|
||||
Default,
|
||||
Nearest,
|
||||
Linear,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum class TriState : int
|
||||
{
|
||||
Off,
|
||||
On,
|
||||
Auto
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitmask containing information about which configuration has changed for the backend.
|
||||
enum ConfigChangeBits : u32
|
||||
{
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_HOST_CONFIG = (1 << 0),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_MULTISAMPLES = (1 << 1),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_STEREO_MODE = (1 << 2),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_TARGET_SIZE = (1 << 3),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_ANISOTROPY = (1 << 4),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_FORCE_TEXTURE_FILTERING = (1 << 5),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_VSYNC = (1 << 6),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_BBOX = (1 << 7),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_ASPECT_RATIO = (1 << 8),
|
||||
CONFIG_CHANGE_BIT_POST_PROCESSING_SHADER = (1 << 9),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// NEVER inherit from this class.
|
||||
struct VideoConfig final
|
||||
{
|
||||
VideoConfig();
|
||||
void Refresh();
|
||||
void VerifyValidity();
|
||||
|
||||
// General
|
||||
bool bVSync;
|
||||
bool bVSyncActive;
|
||||
bool bWidescreenHack;
|
||||
AspectMode aspect_mode;
|
||||
AspectMode suggested_aspect_mode;
|
||||
bool bCrop; // Aspect ratio controls.
|
||||
bool bShaderCache;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enhancements
|
||||
u32 iMultisamples;
|
||||
bool bSSAA;
|
||||
int iEFBScale;
|
||||
bool bForceFiltering;
|
||||
int iMaxAnisotropy;
|
||||
std::string sPostProcessingShader;
|
||||
bool bForceTrueColor;
|
||||
bool bDisableCopyFilter;
|
||||
bool bArbitraryMipmapDetection;
|
||||
float fArbitraryMipmapDetectionThreshold;
|
||||
|
||||
// Information
|
||||
bool bShowFPS;
|
||||
bool bShowNetPlayPing;
|
||||
bool bShowNetPlayMessages;
|
||||
bool bOverlayStats;
|
||||
bool bOverlayProjStats;
|
||||
bool bTexFmtOverlayEnable;
|
||||
bool bTexFmtOverlayCenter;
|
||||
bool bLogRenderTimeToFile;
|
||||
|
||||
// Render
|
||||
bool bWireFrame;
|
||||
bool bDisableFog;
|
||||
|
||||
// OE render buffer
|
||||
int iRenderFBO = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Utility
|
||||
bool bDumpTextures;
|
||||
bool bHiresTextures;
|
||||
bool bCacheHiresTextures;
|
||||
bool bDumpEFBTarget;
|
||||
bool bDumpXFBTarget;
|
||||
bool bDumpFramesAsImages;
|
||||
bool bUseFFV1;
|
||||
std::string sDumpCodec;
|
||||
std::string sDumpEncoder;
|
||||
std::string sDumpFormat;
|
||||
std::string sDumpPath;
|
||||
bool bInternalResolutionFrameDumps;
|
||||
bool bFreeLook;
|
||||
bool bBorderlessFullscreen;
|
||||
bool bEnableGPUTextureDecoding;
|
||||
int iBitrateKbps;
|
||||
|
||||
// Hacks
|
||||
bool bEFBAccessEnable;
|
||||
bool bEFBAccessDeferInvalidation;
|
||||
bool bPerfQueriesEnable;
|
||||
bool bBBoxEnable;
|
||||
bool bForceProgressive;
|
||||
|
||||
bool bEFBEmulateFormatChanges;
|
||||
bool bSkipEFBCopyToRam;
|
||||
bool bSkipXFBCopyToRam;
|
||||
bool bDisableCopyToVRAM;
|
||||
bool bDeferEFBCopies;
|
||||
bool bImmediateXFB;
|
||||
bool bCopyEFBScaled;
|
||||
int iSafeTextureCache_ColorSamples;
|
||||
float fAspectRatioHackW, fAspectRatioHackH;
|
||||
bool bEnablePixelLighting;
|
||||
bool bFastDepthCalc;
|
||||
bool bVertexRounding;
|
||||
int iEFBAccessTileSize;
|
||||
int iLog; // CONF_ bits
|
||||
int iSaveTargetId; // TODO: Should be dropped
|
||||
|
||||
// Stereoscopy
|
||||
StereoMode stereo_mode;
|
||||
int iStereoDepth;
|
||||
int iStereoConvergence;
|
||||
int iStereoConvergencePercentage;
|
||||
bool bStereoSwapEyes;
|
||||
bool bStereoEFBMonoDepth;
|
||||
int iStereoDepthPercentage;
|
||||
|
||||
// D3D only config, mostly to be merged into the above
|
||||
int iAdapter;
|
||||
|
||||
// VideoSW Debugging
|
||||
int drawStart;
|
||||
int drawEnd;
|
||||
bool bZComploc;
|
||||
bool bZFreeze;
|
||||
bool bDumpObjects;
|
||||
bool bDumpTevStages;
|
||||
bool bDumpTevTextureFetches;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable API validation layers, currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
bool bEnableValidationLayer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Multithreaded submission, currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
bool bBackendMultithreading;
|
||||
|
||||
// Early command buffer execution interval in number of draws.
|
||||
// Currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
int iCommandBufferExecuteInterval;
|
||||
|
||||
// Shader compilation settings.
|
||||
bool bWaitForShadersBeforeStarting;
|
||||
ShaderCompilationMode iShaderCompilationMode;
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of shader compiler threads.
|
||||
// 0 disables background compilation.
|
||||
// -1 uses an automatic number based on the CPU threads.
|
||||
int iShaderCompilerThreads;
|
||||
int iShaderPrecompilerThreads;
|
||||
|
||||
// Static config per API
|
||||
// TODO: Move this out of VideoConfig
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
APIType api_type;
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> Adapters; // for D3D
|
||||
std::vector<u32> AAModes;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: merge AdapterName and Adapters array
|
||||
std::string AdapterName; // for OpenGL
|
||||
|
||||
u32 MaxTextureSize;
|
||||
bool bUsesLowerLeftOrigin;
|
||||
|
||||
bool bSupportsExclusiveFullscreen;
|
||||
bool bSupportsDualSourceBlend;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPrimitiveRestart;
|
||||
bool bSupportsOversizedViewports;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGeometryShaders;
|
||||
bool bSupportsComputeShaders;
|
||||
bool bSupports3DVision;
|
||||
bool bSupportsEarlyZ; // needed by PixelShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsBindingLayout; // Needed by ShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsBBox;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGSInstancing; // Needed by GeometryShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsPostProcessing;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPaletteConversion;
|
||||
bool bSupportsClipControl; // Needed by VertexShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsSSAA;
|
||||
bool bSupportsFragmentStoresAndAtomics; // a.k.a. OpenGL SSBOs a.k.a. Direct3D UAVs
|
||||
bool bSupportsDepthClamp; // Needed by VertexShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsReversedDepthRange;
|
||||
bool bSupportsLogicOp;
|
||||
bool bSupportsMultithreading;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGPUTextureDecoding;
|
||||
bool bSupportsST3CTextures;
|
||||
bool bSupportsCopyToVram;
|
||||
bool bSupportsBitfield; // Needed by UberShaders, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsDynamicSamplerIndexing; // Needed by UberShaders, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsBPTCTextures;
|
||||
bool bSupportsFramebufferFetch; // Used as an alternative to dual-source blend on GLES
|
||||
bool bSupportsBackgroundCompiling;
|
||||
bool bSupportsLargePoints;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPartialDepthCopies;
|
||||
bool bSupportsShaderBinaries;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPipelineCacheData;
|
||||
} backend_info;
|
||||
|
||||
// Utility
|
||||
bool MultisamplingEnabled() const { return iMultisamples > 1; }
|
||||
bool ExclusiveFullscreenEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return backend_info.bSupportsExclusiveFullscreen && !bBorderlessFullscreen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool UseGPUTextureDecoding() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return backend_info.bSupportsGPUTextureDecoding && bEnableGPUTextureDecoding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool UseVertexRounding() const { return bVertexRounding && iEFBScale != 1; }
|
||||
bool UsingUberShaders() const;
|
||||
u32 GetShaderCompilerThreads() const;
|
||||
u32 GetShaderPrecompilerThreads() const;
|
||||
VideoConfig() = default;
|
||||
void Refresh();
|
||||
void VerifyValidity();
|
||||
|
||||
// General
|
||||
bool bVSync = false;
|
||||
bool bVSyncActive = false;
|
||||
bool bWidescreenHack = false;
|
||||
AspectMode aspect_mode{};
|
||||
AspectMode suggested_aspect_mode{};
|
||||
bool bCrop = false; // Aspect ratio controls.
|
||||
bool bShaderCache = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enhancements
|
||||
u32 iMultisamples = 0;
|
||||
bool bSSAA = false;
|
||||
int iEFBScale = 0;
|
||||
TextureFilteringMode texture_filtering_mode = TextureFilteringMode::Default;
|
||||
int iMaxAnisotropy = 0;
|
||||
std::string sPostProcessingShader;
|
||||
bool bForceTrueColor = false;
|
||||
bool bDisableCopyFilter = false;
|
||||
bool bArbitraryMipmapDetection = false;
|
||||
float fArbitraryMipmapDetectionThreshold = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Information
|
||||
bool bShowFPS = false;
|
||||
bool bShowFTimes = false;
|
||||
bool bShowVPS = false;
|
||||
bool bShowVTimes = false;
|
||||
bool bShowGraphs = false;
|
||||
bool bShowSpeed = false;
|
||||
bool bShowSpeedColors = false;
|
||||
int iPerfSampleUSec = 0;
|
||||
bool bShowNetPlayPing = false;
|
||||
bool bShowNetPlayMessages = false;
|
||||
bool bOverlayStats = false;
|
||||
bool bOverlayProjStats = false;
|
||||
bool bOverlayScissorStats = false;
|
||||
bool bTexFmtOverlayEnable = false;
|
||||
bool bTexFmtOverlayCenter = false;
|
||||
bool bLogRenderTimeToFile = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Render
|
||||
bool bWireFrame;
|
||||
bool bDisableFog;
|
||||
|
||||
// OpenEmu render buffer
|
||||
int iRenderFBO = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Utility
|
||||
bool bDumpTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bDumpMipmapTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bDumpBaseTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bHiresTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bCacheHiresTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bDumpEFBTarget = false;
|
||||
bool bDumpXFBTarget = false;
|
||||
bool bDumpFramesAsImages = false;
|
||||
bool bUseFFV1 = false;
|
||||
std::string sDumpCodec;
|
||||
std::string sDumpPixelFormat;
|
||||
std::string sDumpEncoder;
|
||||
std::string sDumpFormat;
|
||||
std::string sDumpPath;
|
||||
bool bInternalResolutionFrameDumps = false;
|
||||
bool bBorderlessFullscreen = false;
|
||||
bool bEnableGPUTextureDecoding = false;
|
||||
bool bPreferVSForLinePointExpansion = false;
|
||||
int iBitrateKbps = 0;
|
||||
bool bGraphicMods = false;
|
||||
std::optional<GraphicsModGroupConfig> graphics_mod_config;
|
||||
|
||||
// Hacks
|
||||
bool bEFBAccessEnable = false;
|
||||
bool bEFBAccessDeferInvalidation = false;
|
||||
bool bPerfQueriesEnable = false;
|
||||
bool bBBoxEnable = false;
|
||||
bool bForceProgressive = false;
|
||||
bool bCPUCull = false;
|
||||
|
||||
bool bEFBEmulateFormatChanges = false;
|
||||
bool bSkipEFBCopyToRam = false;
|
||||
bool bSkipXFBCopyToRam = false;
|
||||
bool bDisableCopyToVRAM = false;
|
||||
bool bDeferEFBCopies = false;
|
||||
bool bImmediateXFB = false;
|
||||
bool bSkipPresentingDuplicateXFBs = false;
|
||||
bool bCopyEFBScaled = false;
|
||||
int iSafeTextureCache_ColorSamples = 0;
|
||||
float fAspectRatioHackW = 1; // Initial value needed for the first frame
|
||||
float fAspectRatioHackH = 1;
|
||||
bool bEnablePixelLighting = false;
|
||||
bool bFastDepthCalc = false;
|
||||
bool bVertexRounding = false;
|
||||
bool bVISkip = false;
|
||||
int iEFBAccessTileSize = 0;
|
||||
int iSaveTargetId = 0; // TODO: Should be dropped
|
||||
u32 iMissingColorValue = 0;
|
||||
bool bFastTextureSampling = false;
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
bool bNoMipmapping = false; // Used by macOS fifoci to work around an M1 bug
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Stereoscopy
|
||||
StereoMode stereo_mode{};
|
||||
int iStereoDepth = 0;
|
||||
int iStereoConvergence = 0;
|
||||
int iStereoConvergencePercentage = 0;
|
||||
bool bStereoSwapEyes = false;
|
||||
bool bStereoEFBMonoDepth = false;
|
||||
int iStereoDepthPercentage = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// D3D only config, mostly to be merged into the above
|
||||
int iAdapter = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Metal only config
|
||||
TriState iManuallyUploadBuffers = TriState::Auto;
|
||||
TriState iUsePresentDrawable = TriState::Auto;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable API validation layers, currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
bool bEnableValidationLayer = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Multithreaded submission, currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
bool bBackendMultithreading = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Early command buffer execution interval in number of draws.
|
||||
// Currently only supported with Vulkan.
|
||||
int iCommandBufferExecuteInterval = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Shader compilation settings.
|
||||
bool bWaitForShadersBeforeStarting = false;
|
||||
ShaderCompilationMode iShaderCompilationMode{};
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of shader compiler threads.
|
||||
// 0 disables background compilation.
|
||||
// -1 uses an automatic number based on the CPU threads.
|
||||
int iShaderCompilerThreads = 0;
|
||||
int iShaderPrecompilerThreads = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Static config per API
|
||||
// TODO: Move this out of VideoConfig
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
APIType api_type = APIType::Nothing;
|
||||
std::string DisplayName;
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> Adapters; // for D3D
|
||||
std::vector<u32> AAModes;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: merge AdapterName and Adapters array
|
||||
std::string AdapterName; // for OpenGL
|
||||
|
||||
u32 MaxTextureSize = 16384;
|
||||
bool bUsesLowerLeftOrigin = false;
|
||||
bool bUsesExplictQuadBuffering = false;
|
||||
|
||||
bool bSupportsExclusiveFullscreen = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsDualSourceBlend = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPrimitiveRestart = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGeometryShaders = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsComputeShaders = false;
|
||||
bool bSupports3DVision = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsEarlyZ = false; // needed by PixelShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsBindingLayout = false; // Needed by ShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsBBox = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGSInstancing = false; // Needed by GeometryShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsPostProcessing = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPaletteConversion = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsClipControl = false; // Needed by VertexShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsSSAA = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsFragmentStoresAndAtomics = false; // a.k.a. OpenGL SSBOs a.k.a. Direct3D UAVs
|
||||
bool bSupportsDepthClamp = false; // Needed by VertexShaderGen, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsReversedDepthRange = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsLogicOp = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsMultithreading = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGPUTextureDecoding = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsST3CTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsCopyToVram = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsBitfield = false; // Needed by UberShaders, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
// Needed by UberShaders, so must stay in VideoCommon
|
||||
bool bSupportsDynamicSamplerIndexing = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsBPTCTextures = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsFramebufferFetch = false; // Used as an alternative to dual-source blend on GLES
|
||||
bool bSupportsBackgroundCompiling = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsLargePoints = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPartialDepthCopies = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsDepthReadback = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsShaderBinaries = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPipelineCacheData = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsCoarseDerivatives = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsTextureQueryLevels = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsLodBiasInSampler = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsSettingObjectNames = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsPartialMultisampleResolve = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsDynamicVertexLoader = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsVSLinePointExpand = false;
|
||||
bool bSupportsGLLayerInFS = true;
|
||||
} backend_info;
|
||||
|
||||
// Utility
|
||||
bool UseVSForLinePointExpand() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!backend_info.bSupportsVSLinePointExpand)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!backend_info.bSupportsGeometryShaders)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
return bPreferVSForLinePointExpansion;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool MultisamplingEnabled() const { return iMultisamples > 1; }
|
||||
bool ExclusiveFullscreenEnabled() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return backend_info.bSupportsExclusiveFullscreen && !bBorderlessFullscreen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool UseGPUTextureDecoding() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return backend_info.bSupportsGPUTextureDecoding && bEnableGPUTextureDecoding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool UseVertexRounding() const { return bVertexRounding && iEFBScale != 1; }
|
||||
bool ManualTextureSamplingWithCustomTextureSizes() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If manual texture sampling is disabled, we don't need to do anything.
|
||||
if (bFastTextureSampling)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
// Hi-res textures break the wrapping logic used by manual texture sampling, as a texture's
|
||||
// size won't match the size the game sets.
|
||||
if (bHiresTextures)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
// Hi-res EFB copies (but not native-resolution EFB copies at higher internal resolutions)
|
||||
// also result in different texture sizes that need special handling.
|
||||
if (iEFBScale != 1 && bCopyEFBScaled)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
// Stereoscopic 3D changes the number of layers some textures have (EFB copies have 2 layers,
|
||||
// while game textures still have 1), meaning bounds checks need to be added.
|
||||
if (stereo_mode != StereoMode::Off)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
// Otherwise, manual texture sampling can use the sizes games specify directly.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool UsingUberShaders() const;
|
||||
u32 GetShaderCompilerThreads() const;
|
||||
u32 GetShaderPrecompilerThreads() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern VideoConfig g_Config;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/* Default visibility */
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_VISIBILITY __attribute__((visibility("default")))
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_VISIBILITY __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start with debug message logging enabled */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
|
||||
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
|
||||
/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */
|
||||
|
||||
/* How many MiB of RAM to assume if the real amount cannot be determined. */
|
||||
#define ASSUME_RAM 128
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
|
||||
language is requested. */
|
||||
/* #undef #define ENABLE_NLS 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_16 is available. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_BSWAP_16 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_32 is available. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_BSWAP_32 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_64 is available. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_BSWAP_64 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if Capsicum is available. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CAPSICUM */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `CC_SHA256_CTX'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CC_SHA256_CTX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `CC_SHA256_Init' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CC_SHA256_INIT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
|
||||
CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
|
||||
the CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if crc32 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_CHECK_CRC32 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if crc64 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_CHECK_CRC64 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sha256 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_CHECK_SHA256 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO_COMMONDIGEST_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HAVE_DCGETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `CLOCK_MONOTONIC', and to 0 if
|
||||
you don't. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DECL_CLOCK_MONOTONIC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
|
||||
to 0 if you don't. */
|
||||
/* undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if any of HAVE_DECODER_foo have been defined. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DECODERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if arm decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_ARM 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if armthumb decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_ARMTHUMB 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if delta decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DECODER_DELTA 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ia64 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_IA64 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma1 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DECODER_LZMA1 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma2 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DECODER_LZMA2 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if powerpc decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_POWERPC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sparc decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_SPARC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if x86 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_DECODER_X86 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if any of HAVE_ENCODER_foo have been defined. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ENCODERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if arm encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_ARM 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if armthumb encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_ARMTHUMB 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if delta encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ENCODER_DELTA 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ia64 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_IA64 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma1 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ENCODER_LZMA1 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma2 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_ENCODER_LZMA2 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if powerpc encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_POWERPC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sparc encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_SPARC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if x86 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
// #define HAVE_ENCODER_X86 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimens' function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_FUTIMENS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimes' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_FUTIMES */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimesat' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_FUTIMESAT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long' function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_ICONV */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _M_X86
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <immintrin.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt2 match finder. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MF_BT2 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt3 match finder. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MF_BT3 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt4 match finder. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MF_BT4 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable hc3 match finder. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MF_HC3 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable hc4 match finder. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_MF_HC4 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if getopt.h declares extern int optreset. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_OPTRESET */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_fadvise' function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_condattr_setclock' function. */
|
||||
//#define HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETCLOCK 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Have PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `SHA256Init' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA256INIT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `SHA256_CTX'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA256_CTX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sha256.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA256_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `SHA256_Init' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA256_INIT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `SHA2_CTX'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA2_CTX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sha2.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SHA2_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if optimizing for size. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SMALL */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.st__tim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_uatime' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_UATIME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/byteorder.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/capsicum.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_CAPSICUM_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/endian.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utime' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_UTIME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimes' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE_UTIMES */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility
|
||||
declarations. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_VISIBILITY 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcwidth' function. */
|
||||
#define HAVE_WCWIDTH 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
|
||||
#define HAVE__BOOL 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `_futime' function. */
|
||||
/* #undef HAVE__FUTIME */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if _mm_movemask_epi8 is available. */
|
||||
#define HAVE__MM_MOVEMASK_EPI8 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */
|
||||
#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using POSIX threads (pthreads). */
|
||||
#define MYTHREAD_POSIX 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using Windows Vista compatible threads. This uses features
|
||||
that are not available on Windows XP. */
|
||||
#define MYTHREAD_VISTA
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using Windows 95 (and thus XP) compatible threads. This
|
||||
avoids use of features that were added in Windows Vista. */
|
||||
/* #undef MYTHREAD_WIN95 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to disable debugging code. */
|
||||
#define NDEBUG 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of package */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE "xz"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "lasse.collin@tukaani.org"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_NAME "XZ Utils"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_STRING "XZ Utils 5.2.4"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "xz"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_URL "https://tukaani.org/xz/"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "5.2.4"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
|
||||
your system. */
|
||||
/* #undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
cpuset(2). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_CPUSET */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
pstat_getdynamic(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
sched_getaffinity() */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_SCHED_GETAFFINITY */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN) or sysconf(_SC_NPROC_ONLN). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_SYSCONF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
sysctl(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_SYSCTL */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _M_X86
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system supports fast unaligned access to 16-bit and
|
||||
32-bit integers. */
|
||||
#define TUKLIB_FAST_UNALIGNED_ACCESS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
_system_configuration.physmem. */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_AIX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
getinvent_r(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_GETINVENT_R */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
getsysinfo(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_GETSYSINFO */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
pstat_getstatic(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_PSTAT_GETSTATIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) and sysconf(_SC_PHYS_PAGES). */
|
||||
#define TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSCONF 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with sysctl().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSCTL */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with Linux
|
||||
sysinfo(). */
|
||||
/* #undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSINFO */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
|
||||
# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
|
||||
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number of package */
|
||||
#define VERSION "5.2.4"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
|
||||
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
|
||||
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
|
||||
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
|
||||
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
/* # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
|
||||
#ifndef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
|
||||
# define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
|
||||
/* #undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
|
||||
/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
|
||||
/* #undef _MINIX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
|
||||
this defined. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
|
||||
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
/* #undef _UINT32_T */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint64_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
/* #undef _UINT64_T */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
/* #undef _UINT8_T */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
|
||||
used. */
|
||||
/* #undef __GETOPT_PREFIX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef int32_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef int64_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef uint16_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef uint32_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef uint64_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef uint8_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a
|
||||
pointer, if such a type exists, and if the system does not define it. */
|
||||
/* #undef uintptr_t */
|
||||
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
#include "Core/ActionReplay.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ARDecrypt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/Device.h"
|
||||
#include "InputCommon/ControllerInterface/CoreDevice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DolphinNoGUI/Platform.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetAxis(int button, float value, int player);
|
||||
void SetIR(int player, float x, float y);
|
||||
|
||||
void processSpecialKeys (int button , int player);
|
||||
void setWiimoteSideways (int player);
|
||||
void setWiimoteUpright (int player);
|
||||
void changeWiimoteExtension(int extension, int player);
|
||||
|
||||
void toggleAudioMute();
|
||||
@@ -65,6 +68,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void volumeUp();
|
||||
void SetVolume(float value);
|
||||
void DisplayMessage(std::string message);
|
||||
float GetFrameInterval();
|
||||
|
||||
bool SaveState(std::string saveStateFile);
|
||||
bool LoadState(std::string saveStateFile);
|
||||
@@ -101,9 +105,12 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
bool _onBoot = true;
|
||||
bool _wiiWAD;
|
||||
bool _wiiChangeExtension[4] = { false, false, false, false };
|
||||
int _wiiMoteType;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool _wiiChangeExtension[4] = { false, false, false, false };
|
||||
bool _wmSideways[4] = { false, false, false, false };
|
||||
bool _wmUpright[4] = { false, false, false, false };
|
||||
|
||||
std::string autoSaveStateFile;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetUpPlayerInputs();
|
||||
|
||||
+111
-115
@@ -44,11 +44,14 @@
|
||||
#include "Common/Thread.h"
|
||||
#include "Common/Version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/Analytics.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/DolphinAnalytics.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Boot/Boot.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/BootManager.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/WiimoteSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigManager.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Core.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/System.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/Host.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/CPU.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/HW/Wiimote.h"
|
||||
@@ -77,6 +80,9 @@
|
||||
#include "VideoCommon/OnScreenDisplay.h"
|
||||
#include "VideoBackends/OGL/ProgramShaderCache.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Core/Config/MainSettings.h"
|
||||
#include "Core/ConfigManager.h"
|
||||
|
||||
DolHost* DolHost::m_instance = nullptr;
|
||||
static Common::Event updateMainFrameEvent;
|
||||
static Common::Flag s_running{true};
|
||||
@@ -84,8 +90,8 @@ static Common::Flag s_running{true};
|
||||
static Common::Flag s_shutdown_requested{false};
|
||||
static Common::Flag s_tried_graceful_shutdown{false};
|
||||
|
||||
static std::unique_ptr<Platform> s_platform;
|
||||
|
||||
WindowSystemInfo wsi(WindowSystemType::Headless, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
|
||||
|
||||
DolHost* DolHost::GetInstance()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (DolHost::m_instance == nullptr)
|
||||
@@ -110,46 +116,47 @@ void DolHost::Init(std::string supportDirectoryPath, std::string cpath)
|
||||
UICommon::Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// Database Settings
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_use_builtin_title_database = true;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_USE_BUILT_IN_TITLE_DATABASE, true);
|
||||
|
||||
//Setup the CPU Settings
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bMMU = true;
|
||||
// SConfig::GetInstance().bSkipIdle = true;
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bEnableCheats = true;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_MMU, true);
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_ENABLE_CHEATS, true);
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bBootToPause = false;
|
||||
|
||||
//Debug Settings
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bEnableDebugging = false;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_ENABLE_DEBUGGING, false);
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bOnScreenDisplayMessages = true;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_OSD_MESSAGES, true);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bOnScreenDisplayMessages = false;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_OSD_MESSAGES, false);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_ShowFrameCount = false;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_SHOW_FRAME_COUNT, false);
|
||||
|
||||
//Video
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_strVideoBackend = "OGL";
|
||||
VideoBackendBase::ActivateBackend(SConfig::GetInstance().m_strVideoBackend);
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_GFX_BACKEND, "MTL");
|
||||
VideoBackendBase::ActivateBackend(Config::Get(Config::MAIN_GFX_BACKEND));
|
||||
|
||||
//Set the Sound
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bDSPHLE = true;
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bDSPThread = true;
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_Volume = 0;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_DSP_HLE, true);
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_DSP_THREAD, true);
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
//Split CPU thread from GPU
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().bCPUThread = false;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_CPU_THREAD, true);
|
||||
|
||||
//Analitics
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_analytics_permission_asked = true;
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_analytics_enabled = false;
|
||||
//DolphinAnalytics::Instance()->ReloadConfig();
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_ANALYTICS_PERMISSION_ASKED, true);
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_ANALYTICS_ENABLED, false);
|
||||
DolphinAnalytics::Instance().ReloadConfig();
|
||||
|
||||
//Save them now
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().SaveSettings();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//Choose Wiimote Type
|
||||
_wiiMoteType = WIIMOTE_SRC_EMU; // WIIMOTE_SRC_EMU, WIIMOTE_SRC_HYBRID or WIIMOTE_SRC_REAL
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(0), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(1), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(2), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
Config::SetCurrent(Config::GetInfoForWiimoteSource(3), WiimoteSource::Emulated);
|
||||
|
||||
//Get game info from file path
|
||||
GetGameInfo();
|
||||
@@ -168,8 +175,6 @@ void DolHost::Init(std::string supportDirectoryPath, std::string cpath)
|
||||
|
||||
//SConfig::GetInstance().m_strMemoryCardA = _memCardA;
|
||||
//SConfig::GetInstance().m_strMemoryCardB = _memCardB;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -189,22 +194,20 @@ void DolHost::Init(std::string supportDirectoryPath, std::string cpath)
|
||||
// SConfig::GetInstance().m_enable_signature_checks = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable wiimote continuous scanning
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_WiimoteContinuousScanning = false;
|
||||
Config::SetBase(Config::MAIN_WIIMOTE_CONTINUOUS_SCANNING, false);
|
||||
|
||||
//Set the Wiimote type
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(0, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(1, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(2, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(3, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(0, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(1, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(2, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(3, _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma mark - Execution
|
||||
bool DolHost::LoadFileAtPath()
|
||||
{
|
||||
s_platform = Platform::CreateHeadlessPlatform();
|
||||
|
||||
Core::SetOnStateChangedCallback([](Core::State state) {
|
||||
Core::AddOnStateChangedCallback([](Core::State state) {
|
||||
if (state == Core::State::Uninitialized)
|
||||
s_running.Clear();
|
||||
});
|
||||
@@ -215,9 +218,8 @@ bool DolHost::LoadFileAtPath()
|
||||
// WiiUtils::InstallWAD(_gamePath);
|
||||
// // else
|
||||
// // WiiUtils::DoDiscUpdate(nil, _gameRegionName);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (!BootManager::BootCore(BootParameters::GenerateFromFile(_gamePath), s_platform->GetWindowSystemInfo()))
|
||||
|
||||
if (!BootManager::BootCore(BootParameters::GenerateFromFile(_gamePath), wsi))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize Input
|
||||
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ void DolHost::Pause(bool flag)
|
||||
void DolHost::RequestStop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Core::SetState(Core::State::Running);
|
||||
ProcessorInterface::PowerButton_Tap();
|
||||
Core::System::GetInstance().GetProcessorInterface().PowerButton_Tap();
|
||||
|
||||
Core::Stop();
|
||||
while (CPU::GetState() != CPU::State::PowerDown)
|
||||
@@ -260,14 +262,14 @@ void DolHost::RequestStop()
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::Reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ProcessorInterface::ResetButton_Tap();
|
||||
Core::System::GetInstance().GetProcessorInterface().ResetButton_Tap();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::UpdateFrame()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Core::HostDispatchJobs();
|
||||
//Core::HostDispatchJobs();
|
||||
|
||||
// Input::OpenEmu_Input_Update();
|
||||
//Input::OpenEmu_Input_Update();
|
||||
|
||||
if(_onBoot) _onBoot = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -284,11 +286,6 @@ bool DolHost::CoreRunning()
|
||||
void DolHost::SetPresentationFBO(int RenderFBO)
|
||||
{
|
||||
g_Config.iRenderFBO = RenderFBO;
|
||||
g_Config.bCrop = false;
|
||||
g_Config.bWidescreenHack = false;
|
||||
g_Config.bHiresTextures = false;
|
||||
g_Config.bSSAA = false;
|
||||
g_Config.iEFBScale = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::SetBackBufferSize(int width, int height) {
|
||||
@@ -299,8 +296,8 @@ void DolHost::SetBackBufferSize(int width, int height) {
|
||||
# pragma mark - Audio
|
||||
void DolHost::SetVolume(float value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SConfig::GetInstance().m_Volume = value * 100;
|
||||
AudioCommon::UpdateSoundStream();
|
||||
Config::SetBaseOrCurrent(Config::MAIN_AUDIO_VOLUME, value * 100);
|
||||
AudioCommon::UpdateSoundStream(Core::System::GetInstance());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma mark - Save states
|
||||
@@ -324,13 +321,13 @@ bool DolHost::LoadState(std::string saveStateFile)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We have to set the wiimote type, cause the gamesave may
|
||||
// have used a different type
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(0 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(1 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(2 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(3 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
|
||||
if( _wiiMoteType != WIIMOTE_SRC_EMU)
|
||||
WiimoteReal::Refresh();
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(0 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(1 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(2 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::ChangeWiimoteSource(3 , _wiiMoteType);
|
||||
//
|
||||
// if( _wiiMoteType != WIIMOTE_SRC_EMU)
|
||||
// WiimoteReal::Refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -341,7 +338,7 @@ void DolHost::SetCheat(std::string code, std::string type, bool enabled)
|
||||
gcode.codes.clear();
|
||||
gcode.enabled = enabled;
|
||||
arcode.ops.clear();
|
||||
arcode.active = enabled;
|
||||
arcode.enabled = enabled;
|
||||
|
||||
Gecko::GeckoCode::Code gcodecode;
|
||||
uint32_t cmd_addr, cmd_value;
|
||||
@@ -455,7 +452,7 @@ void DolHost::SetCheat(std::string code, std::string type, bool enabled)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(exists)
|
||||
{
|
||||
acompare.active = enabled;
|
||||
acompare.enabled = enabled;
|
||||
// If it exists, enable it, and we don't need to look at the rest of the codes
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -464,7 +461,9 @@ void DolHost::SetCheat(std::string code, std::string type, bool enabled)
|
||||
if(!exists)
|
||||
arcodes.push_back(arcode);
|
||||
|
||||
ActionReplay::RunAllActive();
|
||||
// TODO: move to a better place
|
||||
Core::CPUThreadGuard guard;
|
||||
ActionReplay::RunAllActive(guard);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma mark - Controls
|
||||
@@ -475,58 +474,55 @@ void DolHost::DisplayMessage(std::string message)
|
||||
void DolHost::setButtonState(int button, int state, int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
player -= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_gameType == DiscIO::Platform::GameCubeDisc) {
|
||||
setGameCubeButton(player, button, state);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
setWiiButton(player, button, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// setWiiButton(player, button, state);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if (button == OEWiiChangeExtension)
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// //set the Extension change state and return. The next key pressed
|
||||
// // while the Change Extension key is held will determine the Extension added
|
||||
// _wiiChangeExtension[player] = state;
|
||||
// return;
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
// if ( _wiiChangeExtension[player] && state == 1)
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// if ( button <= OEWiiMoteSwingBackward ) {
|
||||
// changeWiimoteExtension(WiimoteEmu::EXT_NONE, player);
|
||||
// Core::DisplayMessage("Extenstion Removed", 1500);
|
||||
// } else if (button <= OEWiiNunchuckButtonZ ) {
|
||||
// changeWiimoteExtension(WiimoteEmu::EXT_NUNCHUK, player);
|
||||
// Core::DisplayMessage("Nunchuk Connected", 1500);
|
||||
// } else if (button <= OEWiiClassicButtonHome ) {
|
||||
// changeWiimoteExtension(WiimoteEmu::EXT_CLASSIC, player);
|
||||
// Core::DisplayMessage("Classic Controller Connected", 1500);
|
||||
// }
|
||||
// }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::SetAxis(int button, float value, int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
player -= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (_gameType == DiscIO::Platform::GameCubeDisc) {
|
||||
setGameCubeAxis(player, button, value);
|
||||
if (button == OEGCButtonR || button == OEGCButtonL) {
|
||||
int digVal = 0;
|
||||
if (value == 1) digVal = 1;
|
||||
setGameCubeButton(player, button + 5, digVal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
setWiiAxis(player, button, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// setWiiAxis(player, button, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::processSpecialKeys (int button , int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
player -= 1;
|
||||
button += 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (button == OEWiimoteSideways) {
|
||||
_wmSideways[player] = !_wmSideways[player];
|
||||
setWiimoteSideways(player);
|
||||
} else if (button == OEWiimoteUpright) {
|
||||
_wmUpright[player] = !_wmUpright[player];
|
||||
setWiimoteUpright(player);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
void DolHost::setWiimoteSideways (int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<bool>*>(Wiimote::GetWiimoteGroup(player, WiimoteEmu::WiimoteGroup::Options)->numeric_settings[3].get())->SetValue(_wmSideways[player]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::setWiimoteUpright (int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::NumericSetting<bool>*>(Wiimote::GetWiimoteGroup(player, WiimoteEmu::WiimoteGroup::Options)->numeric_settings[2].get())->SetValue(_wmUpright[player]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::changeWiimoteExtension(int extension, int player)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Player has already been adjusted befor call
|
||||
// auto* ce_extension = static_cast<ControllerEmu::Extension*>(Wiimote::GetWiimoteGroup(player, WiimoteEmu::WiimoteGroup::Extension));
|
||||
// ce_extension->switch_extension = extension;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WiiRemotes[player].extension = extension;
|
||||
player -= 1;
|
||||
static_cast<ControllerEmu::Attachments*>(Wiimote::GetWiimoteGroup(player, WiimoteEmu::WiimoteGroup::Attachments))->SetSelectedAttachment(extension);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void DolHost::SetIR(int player, float x, float y)
|
||||
@@ -549,6 +545,11 @@ void DolHost::GetGameInfo()
|
||||
_gameType = pVolume->GetVolumeType();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float DolHost::GetFrameInterval()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DiscIO::IsNTSC(SConfig::GetInstance().m_region) ? (60.0f / 1.001f) : 50.0f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::string DolHost::GetNameOfRegion(DiscIO::Region region)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (region)
|
||||
@@ -603,33 +604,13 @@ std::string DolHost::GetDirOfCountry(DiscIO::Country country)
|
||||
|
||||
WindowSystemInfo DolHost::GetWSI()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return s_platform->GetWindowSystemInfo();
|
||||
return wsi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma mark - Dolphin Host callbacks
|
||||
void Host_NotifyMapLoaded() {}
|
||||
void Host_RefreshDSPDebuggerWindow() {}
|
||||
void Host_Message(HostMessageID id) {
|
||||
if ( id == HostMessageID::WMUserCreate ) {
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
//We have to set FPS display here or it doesn't work
|
||||
g_Config.bShowFPS = true;
|
||||
Core::SetState(Core::State::Running);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the aspect to stretch
|
||||
g_Config.aspect_mode = AspectMode::Stretch;
|
||||
|
||||
// Core is up, lets enable Hybric Ubershaders
|
||||
g_Config.iShaderCompilationMode = ShaderCompilationMode::AsynchronousUberShaders;
|
||||
g_Config.bWaitForShadersBeforeStarting = false;
|
||||
|
||||
//Set the threads to auto (-1)
|
||||
g_Config.iShaderCompilerThreads = -1;
|
||||
g_Config.iShaderPrecompilerThreads = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
void Host_Message(HostMessageID id) {}
|
||||
void* Host_GetRenderHandle() { return (void *)-1; }
|
||||
void Host_UpdateTitle(const std::string&) {}
|
||||
void Host_UpdateDisasmDialog() {}
|
||||
@@ -638,15 +619,30 @@ void Host_RequestRenderWindowSize(int width, int height){}
|
||||
void Host_SetStartupDebuggingParameters()
|
||||
{
|
||||
SConfig& StartUp = SConfig::GetInstance();
|
||||
StartUp.bEnableDebugging = false;
|
||||
StartUp.bBootToPause = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<std::string> Host_GetPreferredLocales()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return {};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Host_UINeedsControllerState(){ return false; }
|
||||
bool Host_UIBlocksControllerState() { return false; }
|
||||
bool Host_RendererHasFocus() { return true; }
|
||||
bool Host_RendererHasFullFocus() { return true; }
|
||||
bool Host_RendererIsFullscreen() { return false; }
|
||||
void Host_ShowVideoConfig(void*, const std::string&) {}
|
||||
void Host_YieldToUI() {}
|
||||
void Host_TitleChanged() {}
|
||||
void Host_UpdateProgressDialog(const char* caption, int position, int total) {}
|
||||
|
||||
void Host_UpdateDiscordClientID(const std::string& client_id) {}
|
||||
bool Host_UpdateDiscordPresenceRaw(const std::string& details, const std::string& state,
|
||||
const std::string& large_image_key,
|
||||
const std::string& large_image_text,
|
||||
const std::string& small_image_key,
|
||||
const std::string& small_image_text,
|
||||
const int64_t start_timestamp,
|
||||
const int64_t end_timestamp, const int party_size,
|
||||
const int party_max) { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+11
-7
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
{
|
||||
_dolphinCoreModule = @"gc";
|
||||
_isWii = false;
|
||||
_frameInterval = 60;
|
||||
_dolphinCoreAspect = OEIntSizeMake(4, 3);
|
||||
_dolphinCoreScreen = OEIntSizeMake(640, 480);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -107,7 +106,6 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
{
|
||||
_dolphinCoreModule = @"Wii";
|
||||
_isWii = true;
|
||||
_frameInterval = 60;
|
||||
_dolphinCoreAspect = OEIntSizeMake(16,9);
|
||||
_dolphinCoreScreen = OEIntSizeMake(854, 480);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -144,7 +142,9 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
|
||||
if(dol_host->LoadFileAtPath())
|
||||
_isInitialized = true;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
_frameInterval = dol_host->GetFrameInterval();
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
[super startEmulation];
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
# pragma mark - Video
|
||||
- (OEGameCoreRendering)gameCoreRendering
|
||||
{
|
||||
return OEGameCoreRenderingOpenGL3Video;
|
||||
return OEGameCoreRenderingMetal2Video;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (BOOL)hasAlternateRenderingThread
|
||||
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
|
||||
- (GLenum)pixelType
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
|
||||
return GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (GLenum)internalPixelFormat
|
||||
@@ -342,13 +342,17 @@ extern std::unique_ptr<SoundStream> g_sound_stream;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(_isInitialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dol_host->setButtonState(button, 1, (int)player);
|
||||
if (button > OEWiiButtonCount) {
|
||||
dol_host->processSpecialKeys(button , (int)player);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dol_host->setButtonState(button, 1, (int)player);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
- (oneway void)didReleaseWiiButton:(OEWiiButton)button forPlayer:(NSUInteger)player
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(_isInitialized)
|
||||
if(_isInitialized && button != OEWiimoteSideways && button != OEWiimoteUpright)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dol_host->setButtonState(button, 0, (int)player);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
-5262
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
-118
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_fft
|
||||
* FFT functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_misc
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef float FFTSample;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct FFTComplex {
|
||||
FFTSample re, im;
|
||||
} FFTComplex;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a complex FFT.
|
||||
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
|
||||
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
|
||||
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
|
||||
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
|
||||
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
|
||||
|
||||
enum RDFTransformType {
|
||||
DFT_R2C,
|
||||
IDFT_C2R,
|
||||
IDFT_R2C,
|
||||
DFT_C2R,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a real FFT.
|
||||
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
|
||||
* @param trans the type of transform
|
||||
*/
|
||||
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
|
||||
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
|
||||
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
|
||||
|
||||
enum DCTTransformType {
|
||||
DCT_II = 0,
|
||||
DCT_III,
|
||||
DCT_I,
|
||||
DST_I,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up DCT.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nbits size of the input array:
|
||||
* (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
|
||||
* (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
|
||||
* @param type the type of transform
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
|
||||
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
|
||||
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
|
||||
* determine the profile */
|
||||
#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
|
||||
* DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
|
||||
* 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
|
||||
* DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDVProfile {
|
||||
int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
|
||||
int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
|
||||
int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
|
||||
int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
|
||||
int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
|
||||
AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
|
||||
int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
|
||||
int height; /* picture height in pixels */
|
||||
int width; /* picture width in pixels */
|
||||
AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
|
||||
int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
|
||||
const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
|
||||
int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
|
||||
int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
|
||||
/* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
|
||||
int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
|
||||
/* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
|
||||
const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
|
||||
} AVDVProfile;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_DV_FRAME_PROFILE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use av_dv_frame_profile()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const AVDVProfile* avpriv_dv_frame_profile2(AVCodecContext* codec, const AVDVProfile *sys,
|
||||
const uint8_t* frame, unsigned buf_size);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param frame the compressed data buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
|
||||
* @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
|
||||
const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
|
||||
* The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */
|
||||
-93
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* DXVA2 HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
|
||||
* Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600
|
||||
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
|
||||
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <d3d9.h>
|
||||
#include <dxva2api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
|
||||
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct dxva_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DXVA2 decoder object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of surface in the surface array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned surface_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t workaround;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned report_id;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */
|
||||
-397
@@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This header exists to prevent new codec IDs from being accidentally added to
|
||||
* the deprecated list.
|
||||
* Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVCodecID enum instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
CODEC_ID_NONE = AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
|
||||
|
||||
/* video codecs */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
|
||||
#if FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
CODEC_ID_H261,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_H263,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RV10,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RV20,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SP5X,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMV2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_H263P,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_H263I,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FLV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CYUV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_H264,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_THEORA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ASV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ASV2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FFV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_4XM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VCR1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CLJR,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MDEC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ROQ,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RPZA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_8BPS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SMC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FLIC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSZH,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TSCC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ULTI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VIXL,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QPEG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PNG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PPM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PBM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PGM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PAM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RV30,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RV40,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VC1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMV3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_LOCO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WNV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AASC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BMP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CSCD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AVS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_NUV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_KMVC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CAVS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VMNC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP5,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP6,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP6F,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TARGA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TIFF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_GIF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DXA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_THP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SGI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_C93,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PTX,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TXD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP6A,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AMV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VB,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCX,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RL2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BFI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CMV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TGV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TGQ,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TQI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AURA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AURA2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_V210X,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TMV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_V210,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DPX,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MAD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FRWU,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_R210,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ANM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_KGV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_YOP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VP8,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ANSI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_R10K,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PRORES,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_JV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DFA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VBLE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_V410,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XWD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CDXL,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XBM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSS1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MSA1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MTS2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CLLC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'),
|
||||
|
||||
CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SNOW = AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
|
||||
|
||||
/* various PCM "codecs" */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_S302M,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
|
||||
|
||||
/* various ADPCM codecs */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/* AMR */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
|
||||
|
||||
/* RealAudio codecs*/
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RA_288,
|
||||
|
||||
/* various DPCM codecs */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
|
||||
|
||||
/* audio codecs */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AAC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AC3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DTS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MACE3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MACE6,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FLAC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ALAC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QDM2,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_COOK,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TTA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QCELP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IMC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MLP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_VOXWARE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_APE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_EAC3,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SIPR,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_QDMC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_CELT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_G723_1,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_G729,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_RALF,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IAC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_ILBC,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/* subtitle codecs */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XSUB,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SSA,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SRT,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'),
|
||||
|
||||
/* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
|
||||
CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
|
||||
CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'),
|
||||
CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'),
|
||||
|
||||
CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
|
||||
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
|
||||
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
|
||||
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
|
||||
CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H */
|
||||
-173
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
|
||||
* HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VA API header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
|
||||
* the client video application.
|
||||
* This shall be zero-allocated and available as
|
||||
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
|
||||
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
|
||||
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
|
||||
* decoding functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vaapi_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window system dependent data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *display;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t config_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Context ID (video decode pipeline)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t context_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *slice_params;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int slice_param_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of slices currently filled in
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int slice_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const uint8_t *slice_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current size of slice data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t slice_data_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
|
||||
-213
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* VDA HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VDA header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
|
||||
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
|
||||
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
|
||||
|
||||
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
|
||||
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
|
||||
#undef Picture
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0,
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vda_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_sync_decoding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame width.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *priv_bitstream;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_bitstream_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use av_buffer to manage buffer.
|
||||
* When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will
|
||||
* be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary.
|
||||
* Not setting this flag may cause memory leak.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_ref_buffer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
|
||||
uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
|
||||
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding.
|
||||
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
|
||||
* av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDAContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate.
|
||||
* Set by av_vda_alloc_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback;
|
||||
} AVVDAContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a VDA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
|
||||
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder
|
||||
* object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used
|
||||
* for VDA-accelerated decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
|
||||
* object and free the VDA context using av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with
|
||||
* av_vda_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */
|
||||
-255
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
|
||||
* hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
|
||||
* - VDPAU decoding
|
||||
* - VDPAU presentation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
|
||||
* parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
|
||||
* and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
|
||||
* presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo {
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecContext;
|
||||
struct AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
|
||||
const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
|
||||
const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
|
||||
* the client video application.
|
||||
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
|
||||
* function and make it available as
|
||||
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
|
||||
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
|
||||
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
|
||||
* decoding functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
|
||||
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
|
||||
* AVVDPAUContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU decoder handle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VdpDecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU decoder render callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VdpDecoderRender *render;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU picture information
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Table of bitstream buffers.
|
||||
* The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
|
||||
} AVVDPAUContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
|
||||
|
||||
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
|
||||
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
|
||||
* This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
|
||||
* or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
|
||||
* the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
|
||||
* display preemption).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
|
||||
* successfully.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
|
||||
* @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
|
||||
* @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
|
||||
* @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
|
||||
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
|
||||
* context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
|
||||
* VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
|
||||
* @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
* @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
* @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
|
||||
* (or NULL to ignore)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
|
||||
uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
|
||||
* Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
|
||||
* @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
|
||||
* The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
|
||||
* an error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
|
||||
* The codec manipulates this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
|
||||
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
|
||||
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
|
||||
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
|
||||
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vdpau_render_state {
|
||||
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
|
||||
|
||||
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI
|
||||
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
|
||||
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI
|
||||
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
|
||||
-188
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavc
|
||||
* Libavcodec version macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 56
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 20
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_ID
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DEINTERLACE
|
||||
#define FF_API_DEINTERLACE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET
|
||||
#define FF_API_DESTRUCT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GET_BUFFER
|
||||
#define FF_API_GET_BUFFER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
|
||||
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE
|
||||
#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
|
||||
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC
|
||||
#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED
|
||||
#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_THREAD_OPAQUE
|
||||
#define FF_API_THREAD_OPAQUE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_PKT
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES
|
||||
#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE
|
||||
#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS
|
||||
#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX
|
||||
#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED
|
||||
#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP
|
||||
#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MV0
|
||||
#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AFD
|
||||
#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VISMV
|
||||
/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */
|
||||
#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DV_FRAME_PROFILE
|
||||
#define FF_API_DV_FRAME_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT
|
||||
#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* A public API for Vorbis parsing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Determines the duration for each packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the parser and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
|
||||
#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If @p flags is @c NULL,
|
||||
* special frames are considered invalid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
|
||||
* @param flags flags for special frames
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
int buf_size, int *flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
* @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
|
||||
* @param buf_size size of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
int buf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H */
|
||||
-170
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
|
||||
* Public libavcodec XvMC header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
|
||||
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated struct xvmc_pix_fmt {
|
||||
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
|
||||
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
|
||||
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int xvmc_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
|
||||
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
|
||||
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
|
||||
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
|
||||
- application - set the pointer during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
short* data_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
|
||||
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
|
||||
- application - set the pointer during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
|
||||
array.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int allocated_mv_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int allocated_data_blocks;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
|
||||
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int idct;
|
||||
|
||||
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
|
||||
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int unsigned_intra;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
|
||||
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
|
||||
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
|
||||
- application - set during initialization
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
|
||||
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
|
||||
|
||||
/** top/bottom field or frame
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int picture_structure;
|
||||
|
||||
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
|
||||
- application - unchanged
|
||||
- libavcodec - set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int flags;
|
||||
//}@
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
|
||||
that have already been passed to the hardware.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
|
||||
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
|
||||
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
|
||||
- libavcodec - unchanged
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int start_mv_blocks_num;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
|
||||
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
|
||||
passed to the hardware.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
|
||||
ff_draw_horiz_band().
|
||||
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
|
||||
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
|
||||
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
|
||||
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
|
||||
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
|
||||
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
|
||||
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
|
||||
with start_mb_blocks_num.
|
||||
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
|
||||
of coded blocks it contains.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int next_free_data_block_num;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
|
||||
-509
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Main libavdevice API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for x11grab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
* @warning This function is not thread safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
|
||||
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int width; /**< width */
|
||||
int height; /**< height */
|
||||
} AVDeviceRect;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window size change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
|
||||
* of the window device renders to.
|
||||
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repaint request message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
|
||||
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request pause/play.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
|
||||
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
|
||||
* By default devices are not paused.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume control message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute control messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get volume/mute messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
|
||||
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
|
||||
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
|
||||
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
|
||||
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
|
||||
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prepare window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
|
||||
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
|
||||
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Display window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
|
||||
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destroy window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
|
||||
* buffer is not required anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer fullness status messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer readable/writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
|
||||
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
|
||||
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute state change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume level change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from application to device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from device to application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
|
||||
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
|
||||
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
|
||||
* Queried capabilities allows to set up converters of video or audio
|
||||
* parameters that fit to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
|
||||
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
|
||||
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
|
||||
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channels: supported number of channels.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
|
||||
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
|
||||
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - fps: supported fps values
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
|
||||
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
|
||||
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
|
||||
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
|
||||
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
|
||||
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* int ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query codecs
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick codec here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query format
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick format here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query and set more capabilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fail:
|
||||
* //clean up code
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
|
||||
* avformat_free_context(oc);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes device capabilities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
|
||||
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFormatContext *device_context;
|
||||
enum AVCodecID codec;
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
int window_width;
|
||||
int window_height;
|
||||
int frame_width;
|
||||
int frame_height;
|
||||
AVRational fps;
|
||||
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
|
||||
* not used anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
AVDictionary **device_options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
|
||||
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
|
||||
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
|
||||
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
|
||||
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
|
||||
* be always completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param devices device list to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
|
||||
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
||||
-50
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Libavdevice version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 56
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 4
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
-2704
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
-528
@@ -1,528 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavf_io
|
||||
* Buffered I/O operations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/common.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
|
||||
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
|
||||
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
|
||||
* blocking operation will be aborted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
|
||||
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
|
||||
* or AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
|
||||
int (*callback)(void*);
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
} AVIOInterruptCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
|
||||
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
|
||||
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
|
||||
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
|
||||
* passes the options down to protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
|
||||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
|
||||
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
|
||||
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
|
||||
no more data has been received yet. */
|
||||
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
|
||||
functions. */
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
|
||||
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
|
||||
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
|
||||
* to byte position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seekable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t maxsize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int direct;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytes read statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bytes_read;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* seek statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* writeout statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int writeout_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Original buffer size
|
||||
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int orig_buffer_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* unbuffered I/O */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
|
||||
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
|
||||
* masked by the value in flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
|
||||
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
|
||||
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
|
||||
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
|
||||
* checked resource.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
|
||||
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
|
||||
* which must be later freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
|
||||
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
|
||||
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
|
||||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
int buffer_size,
|
||||
int write_flag,
|
||||
void *opaque,
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip given number of bytes forward
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the filesize.
|
||||
* @return filesize or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#if FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use avio_feof()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning currently size is limited */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force flushing of buffered data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
|
||||
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
|
||||
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
|
||||
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
|
||||
* necessary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
|
||||
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
|
||||
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
|
||||
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
|
||||
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
|
||||
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
|
||||
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
|
||||
* bytes actually read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
|
||||
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
|
||||
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name URL open modes
|
||||
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
|
||||
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
|
||||
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
|
||||
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
|
||||
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
|
||||
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
|
||||
* silently ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use direct mode.
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
|
||||
* that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_closep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
|
||||
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_close
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a write only memory stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s new IO context
|
||||
* @return zero if no error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
|
||||
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
|
||||
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
|
||||
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
|
||||
* otherwise over input protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
|
||||
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
|
||||
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
|
||||
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
|
||||
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
|
||||
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
|
||||
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
|
||||
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
|
||||
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
|
||||
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
|
||||
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
|
||||
* fail if used and not supported.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
|
||||
-67
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Libavformat version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 56
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 19
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
|
||||
-55
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Public header for libavutil Adler32 hasher
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
|
||||
* allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
|
||||
* they were concatenated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param adler initial checksum value
|
||||
* @param buf pointer to input buffer
|
||||
* @param len size of input buffer
|
||||
* @return updated checksum
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
|
||||
unsigned int len) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
|
||||
-65
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_aes AES
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_aes_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVAES;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAES context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVAES context.
|
||||
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
|
||||
-160
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > x || __GNUC__ == x && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= y)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_always_inline
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define av_always_inline __forceinline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_always_inline inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_extern_inline
|
||||
#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
|
||||
# define av_extern_inline extern inline
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_extern_inline inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_noinline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_pure
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
|
||||
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_cold
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
|
||||
# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_flatten
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define attribute_deprecated
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable warnings about deprecated features
|
||||
* This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
|
||||
* scheduled for removal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
|
||||
code \
|
||||
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(push)) \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
|
||||
code; \
|
||||
__pragma(warning(pop))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_unused
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
|
||||
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
|
||||
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_used
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
|
||||
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
|
||||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
|
||||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
|
||||
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_noreturn
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
|
||||
-153
@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Audio FIFO
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Audio FIFO Buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "fifo.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
|
||||
* - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
|
||||
* - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param sample_fmt sample format
|
||||
* @param channels number of channels
|
||||
* @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
|
||||
* @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
|
||||
int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
|
||||
* @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
|
||||
* is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to write
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
|
||||
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
|
||||
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to read
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
|
||||
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
|
||||
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Removes the data without reading it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This empties all data in the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
|
||||
* @return number of samples available for reading
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
|
||||
* @return number of samples available for writing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT
|
||||
#include "channel_layout.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
-66
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
|
||||
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
|
||||
if (!(cond)) { \
|
||||
av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
|
||||
AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
|
||||
abort(); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
|
||||
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
|
||||
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Generated by ffconf */
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI 0
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
|
||||
-371
@@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_string
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
|
||||
* the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param str input string
|
||||
* @param pfx prefix to test
|
||||
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
|
||||
* it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
|
||||
* after the prefix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param str input string
|
||||
* @param pfx prefix to test
|
||||
* @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
|
||||
* of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
|
||||
* match at the start of haystack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack string to search in
|
||||
* @param needle string to search for
|
||||
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
|
||||
* or a null pointer if no match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
|
||||
* where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
|
||||
* string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack string to search in
|
||||
* @param needle string to search for
|
||||
* @param hay_length length of string to search in
|
||||
* @return pointer to the located match within haystack
|
||||
* or a null pointer if no match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
|
||||
* null-terminate dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param src source string
|
||||
* @param size size of destination buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of src
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
|
||||
* _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
|
||||
* the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
|
||||
* no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
|
||||
* size <= strlen(dst).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param src source string
|
||||
* @param size size of destination buffer
|
||||
* @return the total length of src and dst
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
|
||||
* absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
|
||||
* will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
|
||||
* the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
|
||||
* the buffer.
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
|
||||
* appended)
|
||||
* @param size total size of the destination buffer
|
||||
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
|
||||
* following parameters are used
|
||||
* @return the length of the string that would have been generated
|
||||
* if enough space had been available
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
|
||||
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
|
||||
* allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
|
||||
* @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
|
||||
* following parameters are used.
|
||||
* @return the allocated string
|
||||
* @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_d2str(double d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
|
||||
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
|
||||
* whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
|
||||
* enclosed between ''.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
|
||||
* terminating char
|
||||
* @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
|
||||
* @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
|
||||
* the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
|
||||
* successive calls to av_strtok().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
|
||||
* set specified in delim.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
|
||||
* parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
|
||||
* should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
|
||||
* call.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
|
||||
* information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
|
||||
* string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
|
||||
* first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
|
||||
* @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_const int av_isdigit(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_const int av_isgraph(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_const int av_isspace(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
||||
c ^= 0x20;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
|
||||
c ^= 0x20;
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_const int av_isxdigit(int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread safe basename.
|
||||
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
|
||||
* @return pointer to the basename substring.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_basename(const char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread safe dirname.
|
||||
* @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
|
||||
* @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".".
|
||||
* @note the function may change the input string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_dirname(char *path);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
|
||||
* @param name Name to look for.
|
||||
* @param names List of names.
|
||||
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode {
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
|
||||
AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
|
||||
* string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
|
||||
* characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
|
||||
* of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape only specified special characters.
|
||||
* Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
|
||||
* special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
|
||||
* string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
|
||||
* @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
|
||||
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
|
||||
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
|
||||
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
|
||||
* notice.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
|
||||
* @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
|
||||
* @see av_bprint_escape()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
|
||||
AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
|
||||
* buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
|
||||
* decode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
|
||||
* the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
|
||||
* return an error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
|
||||
* case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
|
||||
* GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
|
||||
* The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
|
||||
* @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
|
||||
* to decode, updated by the function to point to the
|
||||
* byte next after the decoded sequence
|
||||
* @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
|
||||
* byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
|
||||
* avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
|
||||
* UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
|
||||
* @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
|
||||
* value in case of invalid sequence
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
|
||||
unsigned int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if a name is in a list.
|
||||
* @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
|
||||
-344
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @mainpage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This document describes the usage of the different libraries
|
||||
* provided by FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
|
||||
* @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
|
||||
* @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
|
||||
* @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
|
||||
* @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
|
||||
* major, minor and micro version number with the
|
||||
* <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
|
||||
* number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
|
||||
* parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
|
||||
* version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
|
||||
* new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
|
||||
* version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
|
||||
* might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
|
||||
* unspecified situation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
|
||||
* as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
|
||||
* will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
|
||||
* values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
|
||||
* explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
|
||||
* not change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
|
||||
* should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
|
||||
* same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
|
||||
* FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
|
||||
* links against.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
|
||||
* public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
|
||||
* FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
|
||||
* situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
|
||||
* by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
|
||||
* version number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @brief
|
||||
* libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
|
||||
* libraries
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
|
||||
* the specific header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math Maths
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_misc Other
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_internal Internal
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Not exported functions, for internal usage only
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_ver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avutil_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avutil_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavutil license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avutil_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
|
||||
* @brief Media Type
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType {
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
|
||||
AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
|
||||
* is unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_const Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note those definition should move to avcodec
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
|
||||
#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
|
||||
#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Undefined timestamp value
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
|
||||
* either pts or dts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal time base represented as integer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVPictureType {
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
|
||||
* pict_type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
|
||||
* representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "macros.h"
|
||||
#include "mathematics.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the length of an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param list pointer to the list
|
||||
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
|
||||
const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the length of an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param list pointer to the list
|
||||
* @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
|
||||
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
|
||||
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
|
||||
* errno.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
|
||||
-67
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out buffer for decoded data
|
||||
* @param in null-terminated input string
|
||||
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
|
||||
* least 3/4 of the length of in
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
|
||||
* invalid input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out buffer for encoded data
|
||||
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
|
||||
* null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
|
||||
* @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
|
||||
* @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
|
||||
* @return out or NULL in case of error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
|
||||
* null-terminated string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
|
||||
-77
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Blowfish algorithm
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVBlowfish {
|
||||
uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
|
||||
uint32_t s[4][256];
|
||||
} AVBlowfish;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param key a key
|
||||
* @param key_len length of the key
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
|
||||
* @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
|
||||
int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
|
||||
-219
@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "avstring.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
|
||||
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
|
||||
struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
|
||||
typedef struct name { \
|
||||
__VA_ARGS__ \
|
||||
char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
|
||||
} name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer to print data progressively
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
|
||||
* encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
|
||||
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
|
||||
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
|
||||
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
|
||||
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
|
||||
* length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
|
||||
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
|
||||
* enough memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
|
||||
* allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
|
||||
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
|
||||
* av_bprint_is_complete().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
|
||||
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
|
||||
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
|
||||
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
|
||||
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
|
||||
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
|
||||
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
|
||||
* such as the current paragraph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
|
||||
char *str; /**< string so far */
|
||||
unsigned len; /**< length so far */
|
||||
unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
|
||||
unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
|
||||
char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
|
||||
* parameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
|
||||
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Init a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer to init
|
||||
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
|
||||
* @param size_max maximum size;
|
||||
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
|
||||
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
|
||||
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
|
||||
* reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
|
||||
* UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
|
||||
* Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer structure to init
|
||||
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
|
||||
* @param size size of buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append char c n times to a print buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append data to a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* param buf bprint buffer to use
|
||||
* param data pointer to data
|
||||
* param size size of data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
|
||||
|
||||
struct tm;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* param buf bprint buffer to use
|
||||
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
|
||||
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
|
||||
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
|
||||
* the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] buf buffer structure
|
||||
* @param[in] size required size
|
||||
* @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
|
||||
* @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
|
||||
* can be larger or smaller than size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
|
||||
unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
|
||||
* or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return buf->len < buf->size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a print buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
|
||||
* but the len and size fields are still valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
|
||||
* buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
|
||||
* if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
|
||||
* @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
|
||||
* @param src string containing the text to escape
|
||||
* @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
|
||||
* need to be escaped, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
|
||||
* Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
|
||||
* AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
|
||||
* notice.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
|
||||
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
|
||||
-109
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* byte swapping routines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ARCH_AARCH64
|
||||
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_ARM
|
||||
# include "arm/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_AVR32
|
||||
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_SH4
|
||||
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_X86
|
||||
# include "x86/bswap.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap16
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
|
||||
return x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap32
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_bswap64
|
||||
static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
|
||||
// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
|
||||
#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
|
||||
#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
|
||||
#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
|
||||
#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
|
||||
-274
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_buffer
|
||||
* refcounted data buffer API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
|
||||
* represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
|
||||
* by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
|
||||
* e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
|
||||
* are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
|
||||
* reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
|
||||
* caller directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
|
||||
* reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
|
||||
* av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
|
||||
* reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
|
||||
* Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
|
||||
* data once all the references are freed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
|
||||
* buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
|
||||
* it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
|
||||
* provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
|
||||
* automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
|
||||
* Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
|
||||
* however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
|
||||
* control.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
|
||||
* may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
|
||||
* additional locking.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
|
||||
* parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
|
||||
* references (AVBufferRef).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference to a data buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
|
||||
* to be allocated directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferRef {
|
||||
AVBuffer *buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
|
||||
* this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
|
||||
* av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *data;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of data in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
} AVBufferRef;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
|
||||
* to zero.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
|
||||
* reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
|
||||
* only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
|
||||
* it.
|
||||
* If this function fails, data is left untouched.
|
||||
* @param data data array
|
||||
* @param size size of data in bytes
|
||||
* @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
|
||||
* @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
|
||||
void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
|
||||
void *opaque, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
|
||||
* This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
|
||||
* directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
|
||||
* failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
|
||||
* references to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
|
||||
* true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
|
||||
* Return 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
|
||||
* if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
|
||||
* untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
|
||||
* written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate a given buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
|
||||
* unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
|
||||
* written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
|
||||
* may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
|
||||
* @param size required new buffer size.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
|
||||
* initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
|
||||
* reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
|
||||
* a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
|
||||
* meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
|
||||
* same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
|
||||
* frames).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
|
||||
* buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
|
||||
* get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
|
||||
* reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
|
||||
* av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
|
||||
* unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
|
||||
* reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
|
||||
* buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
|
||||
* Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
|
||||
* either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
|
||||
* thread-safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
|
||||
* directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
|
||||
* av_buffer_pool_uninit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
|
||||
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
|
||||
* pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
|
||||
* (av_buffer_alloc()).
|
||||
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
|
||||
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
|
||||
* is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
|
||||
* in use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
|
||||
* @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
|
||||
* This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
|
||||
-70
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_camellia_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCAMELLIA;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
|
||||
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
|
||||
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
|
||||
-79
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_cast5_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCAST5;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
|
||||
* @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
|
||||
-222
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* audio channel layout utility functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
|
||||
* The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
|
||||
* The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
|
||||
* @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
|
||||
* combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
|
||||
* dual-mono.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
|
||||
#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
|
||||
#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
|
||||
#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
|
||||
#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
|
||||
#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
|
||||
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
|
||||
to be the native codec channel order. */
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* */
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
|
||||
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
|
||||
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
|
||||
* separated by '+' or '|':
|
||||
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
|
||||
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
|
||||
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
|
||||
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
|
||||
* - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding
|
||||
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
|
||||
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
|
||||
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
|
||||
* AV_CH_* macros).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Starting from the next major bump the trailing character
|
||||
* 'c' to specify a number of channels will be required, while a
|
||||
* channel layout mask could also be specified as a decimal number
|
||||
* (if and only if not followed by "c").
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a description of a channel layout.
|
||||
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
|
||||
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
|
||||
* present in channel_layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
|
||||
* on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
|
||||
uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a given channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the description of a given channel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
|
||||
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
|
||||
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
|
||||
* @param[out] name name of the layout
|
||||
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
|
||||
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
|
||||
const char **name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
|
||||
-469
@@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* common internal and external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
|
||||
#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//rounded division & shift
|
||||
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
|
||||
/* assume b>0 */
|
||||
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
|
||||
/* assume a>0 and b>0 */
|
||||
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
|
||||
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
|
||||
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
|
||||
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
|
||||
#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
|
||||
#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
|
||||
#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
|
||||
#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
|
||||
#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
|
||||
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
|
||||
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
|
||||
|
||||
/* misc math functions */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reverse the order of the bits of an 8-bits unsigned integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_AV_REVERSE
|
||||
extern attribute_deprecated const uint8_t av_reverse[256];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include "config.h"
|
||||
# include "intmath.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_log2
|
||||
av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_log2_16bit
|
||||
av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
|
||||
else return (int32_t)a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param p bit position to clip at
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a one value
|
||||
* @param b another value
|
||||
* @return sum with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a first value
|
||||
* @param b value doubled and added to a
|
||||
* @return sum with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
* @param amin minimum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @param amax maximum value of the clip range
|
||||
* @return clipped value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
|
||||
if (amin > amax) abort();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (a < amin) return amin;
|
||||
else if (a > amax) return amax;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
|
||||
* @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
|
||||
* @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Count number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
* @param x value to count bits of
|
||||
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
|
||||
x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
|
||||
x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
|
||||
x += x >> 8;
|
||||
return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Count number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
* @param x value to count bits of
|
||||
* @return the number of bits set to one in x
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
|
||||
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
|
||||
* @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
|
||||
* Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
|
||||
* assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
|
||||
* input, this could be *ptr++.
|
||||
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
|
||||
* typically a goto statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
|
||||
* could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
|
||||
* exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
|
||||
* to prevent undefined results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
|
||||
val= GET_BYTE;\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
|
||||
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
while (val & top) {\
|
||||
int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
|
||||
if(tmp>>6)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
|
||||
top <<= 5;\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
|
||||
* @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
|
||||
* to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
|
||||
* @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
|
||||
* typically a goto statement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
|
||||
val = GET_16BIT;\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
|
||||
if (hi < 0x800) {\
|
||||
val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
|
||||
if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
|
||||
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
|
||||
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
|
||||
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
|
||||
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
|
||||
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
|
||||
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
|
||||
* output by PUT_BYTE.
|
||||
* @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
|
||||
* It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
|
||||
* For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
|
||||
* executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
|
||||
* 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
|
||||
* Unicode character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
int bytes, shift;\
|
||||
uint32_t in = val;\
|
||||
if (in < 0x80) {\
|
||||
tmp = in;\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
} else {\
|
||||
bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
|
||||
shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
|
||||
tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
while (shift >= 6) {\
|
||||
shift -= 6;\
|
||||
tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
|
||||
PUT_BYTE\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
|
||||
* Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
|
||||
* @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
|
||||
* a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
|
||||
* val is given as a function it is executed only once.
|
||||
* @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
|
||||
* represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
|
||||
* output by PUT_16BIT.
|
||||
* @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
|
||||
* in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
|
||||
* as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
|
||||
* PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
uint32_t in = val;\
|
||||
if (in < 0x10000) {\
|
||||
tmp = in;\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
} else {\
|
||||
tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
|
||||
PUT_16BIT\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
}\
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mem.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include "internal.h"
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
|
||||
* to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
|
||||
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip
|
||||
# define av_clip av_clip_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip64
|
||||
# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uint8
|
||||
# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_int8
|
||||
# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uint16
|
||||
# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_int16
|
||||
# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipl_int32
|
||||
# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
|
||||
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_add32
|
||||
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
|
||||
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipf
|
||||
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipd
|
||||
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_popcount
|
||||
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_popcount64
|
||||
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
-116
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
|
||||
// #if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR <52
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1001000 ///< supports cmov instruction
|
||||
// #else
|
||||
// #define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
|
||||
// #endif
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
|
||||
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
|
||||
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
|
||||
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
|
||||
* -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
|
||||
* This function is mainly useful for testing.
|
||||
* Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning this function is not thread safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse CPU flags from a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
|
||||
* Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
|
||||
* @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_cpu_count(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
|
||||
-86
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
AV_CRC_8_ATM,
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
|
||||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
|
||||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
|
||||
AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12,
|
||||
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
|
||||
}AVCRCId;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a CRC table.
|
||||
* @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
|
||||
* @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
|
||||
* exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
|
||||
* actual CRC).
|
||||
* If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
|
||||
* if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
|
||||
* most cases to e.g. bswap16):
|
||||
* av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
|
||||
* @param bits number of bits for the CRC
|
||||
* @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
|
||||
* representation as specified by le
|
||||
* @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
|
||||
* @return <0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get an initialized standard CRC table.
|
||||
* @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
|
||||
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
|
||||
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
|
||||
const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
|
||||
-196
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Public dictionary API.
|
||||
* @deprecated
|
||||
* AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
|
||||
* implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
|
||||
* extremely slow with large dictionaries.
|
||||
* It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
|
||||
* where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @brief Simple key:value store
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
|
||||
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
|
||||
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
|
||||
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
|
||||
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
|
||||
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
|
||||
* and all its contents.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@code
|
||||
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
|
||||
AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
|
||||
|
||||
char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
|
||||
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
|
||||
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
|
||||
|
||||
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
|
||||
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
|
||||
}
|
||||
av_dict_free(&d);
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
|
||||
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
|
||||
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
|
||||
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
|
||||
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
|
||||
char *key;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
} AVDictionaryEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
|
||||
* cause undefined behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
|
||||
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
|
||||
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
|
||||
* @param key matching key
|
||||
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
|
||||
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
|
||||
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param m dictionary
|
||||
* @return number of entries in dictionary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
|
||||
* these arguments will be freed on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
|
||||
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
|
||||
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
|
||||
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
|
||||
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
|
||||
* and stores it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
|
||||
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
|
||||
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
|
||||
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
|
||||
* be duplicated.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
|
||||
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
|
||||
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
|
||||
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
|
||||
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
|
||||
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
|
||||
* and all keys and values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get dictionary entries as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
|
||||
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
|
||||
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] m dictionary
|
||||
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
|
||||
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
|
||||
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
|
||||
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
|
||||
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
|
||||
-86
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
|
||||
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
|
||||
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
|
||||
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
|
||||
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
|
||||
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
|
||||
* z = u * p + v * q + w
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix the transformation matrix
|
||||
* @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame.
|
||||
* The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], or NaN if the matrix is
|
||||
* singular.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
|
||||
* recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure rotation by the
|
||||
* specified angle (in degrees).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
|
||||
* by this function)
|
||||
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
|
||||
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
|
||||
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
|
||||
-115
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* audio downmix medatata
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Possible downmix types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDownmixType {
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
|
||||
AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
|
||||
* bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
|
||||
* channel during a regular downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double center_mix_level;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
|
||||
* channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double center_mix_level_ltrt;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
|
||||
* channels during a regular downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double surround_mix_level;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
|
||||
* channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
|
||||
* mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level;
|
||||
} AVDownmixInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
|
||||
* the structure cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
|
||||
-126
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* error code definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* error handling */
|
||||
#if EDOM > 0
|
||||
#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
|
||||
#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
|
||||
#define AVERROR(e) (e)
|
||||
#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
|
||||
#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
|
||||
#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
|
||||
#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
|
||||
#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
|
||||
#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
|
||||
* it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
|
||||
#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
|
||||
#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
|
||||
#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
|
||||
/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
|
||||
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
|
||||
* In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
|
||||
* error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
|
||||
* error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param errnum error code to describe
|
||||
* @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
|
||||
* @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
|
||||
* cannot be found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
|
||||
* corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param errbuf a buffer
|
||||
* @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
|
||||
* @param errnum error code to describe
|
||||
* @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
|
||||
* @see av_strerror()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
|
||||
return errbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
|
||||
* function arguments but never stand-alone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_err2str(errnum) \
|
||||
av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
|
||||
-113
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* simple arithmetic expression evaluator
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse and evaluate an expression.
|
||||
* Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
|
||||
* the expression, or NAN in case of error
|
||||
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
|
||||
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
|
||||
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
|
||||
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
|
||||
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
|
||||
const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
|
||||
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
|
||||
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
|
||||
void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse an expression.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
|
||||
* value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
|
||||
* The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
|
||||
* when it is not needed anymore.
|
||||
* @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
|
||||
* @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
|
||||
* @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
|
||||
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
|
||||
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
|
||||
const char * const *const_names,
|
||||
const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
|
||||
const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
|
||||
* @return the value of the expression
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
|
||||
* the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
|
||||
* an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
|
||||
* floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
|
||||
* returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
|
||||
* of numstr.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
|
||||
* the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
|
||||
* 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
|
||||
* instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for
|
||||
* 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
|
||||
* allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
|
||||
* @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
|
||||
* after the last parsed character
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "git-2015-01-25-04d6e3e"
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
|
||||
-158
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
|
||||
uint8_t *buffer;
|
||||
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
|
||||
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
|
||||
} AVFifoBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param size of FIFO
|
||||
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param nmemb number of elements
|
||||
* @param size size of the single element
|
||||
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
|
||||
* amount of data you can read from it.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @return size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
|
||||
* amount of data you can write into it.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
|
||||
* @return size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
|
||||
* @param func generic read function
|
||||
* @param dest data destination
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
|
||||
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
|
||||
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
|
||||
* @param size number of bytes to write
|
||||
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
|
||||
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
|
||||
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
|
||||
* indicate no more data available to write.
|
||||
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
|
||||
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
|
||||
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
|
||||
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
|
||||
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
|
||||
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
|
||||
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
|
||||
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
|
||||
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
|
||||
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
|
||||
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
|
||||
* point outside to the buffer data.
|
||||
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
|
||||
if (ptr >= f->end)
|
||||
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
|
||||
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
|
||||
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
|
||||
-67
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Misc file utilities.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
|
||||
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
|
||||
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
|
||||
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
|
||||
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
|
||||
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
|
||||
* corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
|
||||
* by av_file_map()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
|
||||
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
|
||||
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
|
||||
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code on error)
|
||||
* and opened file name in **filename.
|
||||
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
|
||||
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
|
||||
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
|
||||
-771
@@ -1,771 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_frame
|
||||
* reference-counted frame API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
|
||||
* A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
|
||||
* The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
|
||||
* The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
|
||||
* The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
|
||||
* transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
|
||||
* presentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
|
||||
* in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
|
||||
* flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
|
||||
* The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
|
||||
* libavutil/motion_vector.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
|
||||
* only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
|
||||
* This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
|
||||
* u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
|
||||
* u8 reason for start skip
|
||||
* u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
|
||||
AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
|
||||
AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
|
||||
AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
|
||||
AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
|
||||
AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
|
||||
AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
|
||||
AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
|
||||
uint8_t *data;
|
||||
int size;
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
} AVFrameSideData;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
|
||||
* allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
|
||||
* through other means (see below).
|
||||
* AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
|
||||
* different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
|
||||
* decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
|
||||
* the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
|
||||
* is reused again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
|
||||
* AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
|
||||
* AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
|
||||
* least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
|
||||
* every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
|
||||
* AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
|
||||
* There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
|
||||
* each plane, or anything in between.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
|
||||
* to the end with a minor bump.
|
||||
* Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
|
||||
* av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
|
||||
* without breaking compatibility with each other.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFrame {
|
||||
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* pointer to the picture/channel planes.
|
||||
* This might be different from the first allocated byte
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
|
||||
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
|
||||
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
|
||||
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
|
||||
* For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
|
||||
* plane must be the same size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
|
||||
* preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
|
||||
* Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
|
||||
* correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
|
||||
* may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* pointers to the data planes/channels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For video, this should simply point to data[].
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
|
||||
* linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
|
||||
* For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
|
||||
* contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
|
||||
* but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
|
||||
* extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t **extended_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* width and height of the video frame
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
|
||||
* Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
|
||||
* enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int key_frame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Picture type of the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPictureType pict_type;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint8_t *base[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
|
||||
* This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
|
||||
* only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_dts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* picture number in bitstream order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int coded_picture_number;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* picture number in display order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int display_picture_number;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int quality;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int reference;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP table
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int8_t *qscale_table;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP store stride
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qstride;
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qscale_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change
|
||||
* stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint8_t *mbskip_table;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* motion vector table
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* example:
|
||||
* int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2;
|
||||
* int mb_width= (width+15)>>4;
|
||||
* int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1;
|
||||
* motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y];
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* macroblock type table
|
||||
* mb_type_base + mb_width + 2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t *mb_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DCT coefficients
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
short *dct_coeff;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* motion reference frame index
|
||||
* the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int8_t *ref_index[2];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* for some private data of the user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int type;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
|
||||
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int repeat_pict;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int interlaced_frame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int top_field_first;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int palette_has_changed;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int buffer_hints;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pan scan.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
struct AVPanScan *pan_scan;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
|
||||
* PTS but can be anything).
|
||||
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
|
||||
* that time,
|
||||
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t reordered_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated this field is unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void *hwaccel_picture_private;
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
struct AVCodecContext *owner;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void *thread_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents:
|
||||
* (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t motion_subsample_log2;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample rate of the audio data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Channel layout of the audio data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
|
||||
* this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
|
||||
* always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
|
||||
* AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
|
||||
* this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
|
||||
* extended_buf array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
|
||||
* AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
|
||||
* cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
|
||||
* contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
|
||||
* which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
|
||||
* the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements in extended_buf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_extended_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
AVFrameSideData **side_data;
|
||||
int nb_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
|
||||
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
|
||||
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_color_range().
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorRange color_range;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* YUV colorspace type.
|
||||
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_colorspace().
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_pos;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
|
||||
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pkt_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* metadata.
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
|
||||
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
|
||||
* were errors during the decoding.
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int decode_error_flags;
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
|
||||
* Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_channels(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
|
||||
* frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_pkt_size().
|
||||
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int pkt_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
|
||||
} AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
|
||||
* The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
|
||||
* they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
|
||||
int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
|
||||
enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a colorspace.
|
||||
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
|
||||
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
|
||||
* must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
|
||||
* manually.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
|
||||
* e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
|
||||
* unreferenced first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
|
||||
* AVBufferRef from src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move everythnig contained in src to dst and reset src.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
|
||||
* - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
|
||||
* - width and height for video
|
||||
* - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
|
||||
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
|
||||
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
|
||||
* @param align required buffer size alignment
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the frame data is writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
|
||||
* only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
|
||||
* stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
|
||||
* of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
|
||||
* if it is not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
|
||||
* av_buffer_make_writable()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy the frame data from src to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
|
||||
* allocated with the same parameters as src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
|
||||
* extended data arrays), not any other properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
|
||||
* the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
|
||||
* aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
|
||||
* Side data is also copied.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
|
||||
* frame is not valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new side data to a frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
|
||||
* @param type type of the added side data
|
||||
* @param size size of the side data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
|
||||
int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
|
||||
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
|
||||
* from the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a string identifying the side data type
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
|
||||
-112
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVHashContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
|
||||
* @note The context is not initialized, you must call av_hash_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the names of available hash algorithms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param i index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
|
||||
* @return a pointer to a static string or NULL if i is out of range
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size will currently return.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation
|
||||
* and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to libavutil without
|
||||
* recompilation.
|
||||
* Note that you still need to check against av_hash_get_size, adding new hashes
|
||||
* with larger sizes will not be considered an ABI change and should not cause
|
||||
* your code to overflow a buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pointer passed to av_hash_final have space for at least this many bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update a hash context with additional data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than the hash size, the hash is truncated;
|
||||
* if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a hex string.
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than 2 * hash_size + 1, the hex string is truncated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a base64 string.
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), the base64 string is
|
||||
* truncated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free hash context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
|
||||
-99
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHMACType {
|
||||
AV_HMAC_MD5,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA224 = 10,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA384,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHMAC context.
|
||||
* @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVHMAC context.
|
||||
* @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param key The authentication key
|
||||
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash data with the HMAC.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param data The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
|
||||
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash an array of data with a key.
|
||||
* @param ctx The HMAC context
|
||||
* @param data The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
* @param key The authentication key
|
||||
* @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
|
||||
* @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
|
||||
* @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
|
||||
const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
|
||||
uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
|
||||
-213
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* misc image utilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_picture
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "pixdesc.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
|
||||
* format described by pixdesc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
|
||||
* the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
|
||||
* byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
|
||||
* component.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
|
||||
* for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
|
||||
* components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
|
||||
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
|
||||
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
|
||||
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
|
||||
* width for the plane plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the computed size in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
|
||||
* width width.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
|
||||
* height height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
|
||||
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
|
||||
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
|
||||
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
|
||||
* error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
|
||||
uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
|
||||
* fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
|
||||
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
|
||||
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
|
||||
* error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
|
||||
int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image plane from src to dst.
|
||||
* That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
|
||||
* The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
|
||||
* bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
|
||||
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
|
||||
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
|
||||
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
|
||||
int bytewidth, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
|
||||
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
|
||||
* parameters and the provided array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
|
||||
* address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
|
||||
* specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
|
||||
* line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
|
||||
* pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
|
||||
* the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
|
||||
* lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
|
||||
* size for the src buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
|
||||
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
|
||||
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
|
||||
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
|
||||
* @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
|
||||
* image with the given parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
|
||||
* for the buffer to fill.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
|
||||
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
|
||||
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
|
||||
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
|
||||
* @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
|
||||
* (error code) on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
|
||||
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
|
||||
* bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w the width of the picture
|
||||
* @param h the height of the picture
|
||||
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
|
||||
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
|
||||
* to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
|
||||
* sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w width of the image
|
||||
* @param h height of the image
|
||||
* @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
|
||||
* @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
|
||||
-77
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 {
|
||||
uint32_t i;
|
||||
float f;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 {
|
||||
uint64_t i;
|
||||
double f;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 v;
|
||||
v.i = i;
|
||||
return v.f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat32 v;
|
||||
v.f = f;
|
||||
return v.i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 v;
|
||||
v.i = i;
|
||||
return v.f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union av_intfloat64 v;
|
||||
v.f = f;
|
||||
return v.i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_INTFLOAT
|
||||
/* IEEE 80 bits extended float */
|
||||
typedef struct AVExtFloat {
|
||||
uint8_t exponent[2];
|
||||
uint8_t mantissa[8];
|
||||
} AVExtFloat;
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const;
|
||||
attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const;
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_INTFLOAT */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */
|
||||
-629
@@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "bswap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint64_t u64;
|
||||
uint32_t u32[2];
|
||||
uint16_t u16[4];
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [8];
|
||||
double f64;
|
||||
float f32[2];
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias64;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint32_t u32;
|
||||
uint16_t u16[2];
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [4];
|
||||
float f32;
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias32;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union {
|
||||
uint16_t u16;
|
||||
uint8_t u8 [2];
|
||||
} av_alias av_alias16;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
|
||||
* AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
|
||||
* Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
|
||||
* as inline functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
|
||||
* The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
|
||||
* unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
|
||||
* Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
|
||||
* depending on the platform.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "config.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ARCH_ARM
|
||||
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_AVR32
|
||||
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_MIPS
|
||||
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_PPC
|
||||
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_TOMI
|
||||
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#elif ARCH_X86
|
||||
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
|
||||
# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
|
||||
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
|
||||
# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
|
||||
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
|
||||
# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
|
||||
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
|
||||
# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
|
||||
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
|
||||
# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
|
||||
# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
|
||||
# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
|
||||
# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
|
||||
# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
|
||||
# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
|
||||
# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
|
||||
# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
|
||||
# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
|
||||
* by per-arch headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
|
||||
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__DECC)
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB16
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB16
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL16
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL16
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB32
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(x) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB32
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL32
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(x) \
|
||||
(((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL32
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB64
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB64
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL64
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN16
|
||||
# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN32
|
||||
# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN64
|
||||
# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN16
|
||||
# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN32
|
||||
# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN64
|
||||
# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
|
||||
# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
|
||||
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
|
||||
# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
|
||||
# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
|
||||
#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB16
|
||||
# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB16
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL16
|
||||
# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL16
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB32
|
||||
# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB32
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL32
|
||||
# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL32
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB64
|
||||
# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB64
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL64
|
||||
# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB24
|
||||
# define AV_RB24(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB24
|
||||
# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL24
|
||||
# define AV_RL24(x) \
|
||||
((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
(((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL24
|
||||
# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RB48
|
||||
# define AV_RB48(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB48
|
||||
# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL48
|
||||
# define AV_RL48(x) \
|
||||
(((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
|
||||
((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
|
||||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL48
|
||||
# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
|
||||
* in a type-safe way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
|
||||
#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN16A
|
||||
# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN32A
|
||||
# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RN64A
|
||||
# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN16A
|
||||
# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN32A
|
||||
# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WN64A
|
||||
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
|
||||
* memory locations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY16U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY32U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY64U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY128U
|
||||
# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
|
||||
AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
|
||||
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
|
||||
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
|
||||
(((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY16
|
||||
# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY32
|
||||
# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY64
|
||||
# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_COPY128
|
||||
# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_COPY64(d, s); \
|
||||
AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_SWAP64
|
||||
# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO16
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO32
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO64
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_ZERO128
|
||||
# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
AV_ZERO64(d); \
|
||||
AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
|
||||
-62
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVLFG {
|
||||
unsigned int state[64];
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
} AVLFG;
|
||||
|
||||
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
|
||||
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
|
||||
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
|
||||
-350
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum {
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API
|
||||
}AVClassCategory;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
|
||||
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
|
||||
(((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
|
||||
((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVOptionRanges;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
|
||||
* arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
|
||||
* AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVClass {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
|
||||
* context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* class_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
|
||||
* instance ctx associated with the class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_set_default_options()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVOption *option;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
|
||||
* This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
|
||||
* version bumps everywhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
|
||||
* 0 means there is no such variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int log_level_offset_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
|
||||
* logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
|
||||
* to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
|
||||
* could then leverage to display the parent context.
|
||||
* The offset can be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int parent_log_context_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
|
||||
* AVOptions-enabled child.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The difference between child_next and this is that
|
||||
* child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
|
||||
* child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Category used for visualization (like color)
|
||||
* This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
|
||||
* available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVClassCategory category;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback to return the category.
|
||||
* available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
|
||||
* available since version (52.12)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
} AVClass;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_log
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print no output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
|
||||
* For example, no header was found for a format which depends
|
||||
* on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
|
||||
* However, not all future data is affected.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
|
||||
* lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Standard information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Detailed information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
* Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
|
||||
* recommended.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_C(x) (x << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
|
||||
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
|
||||
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* @see av_log_set_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
|
||||
* to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
|
||||
* stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
* @see av_log_set_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current log level
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see lavu_log_constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Current log level
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_log_get_level(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the log level
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see lavu_log_constants
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param level Logging level
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_set_level(int level);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the logging callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
|
||||
* threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_log_default_callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default logging callback
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
|
||||
* lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
|
||||
* @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
|
||||
* subsequent arguments are converted to output.
|
||||
* @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
|
||||
va_list vl);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the context name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx The AVClass context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVClass class_name
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
|
||||
AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
|
||||
* @param line buffer to receive the formated line
|
||||
* @param line_size size of the buffer
|
||||
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
|
||||
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
|
||||
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* av_dlog macros
|
||||
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
|
||||
* (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
|
||||
* "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
|
||||
* bad luck.
|
||||
* Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
|
||||
* call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results in messages such as:
|
||||
* [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
|
||||
|
||||
void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
|
||||
int av_log_get_flags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
|
||||
-48
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Utility Preprocessor macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* String manipulation macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
|
||||
#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
|
||||
#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
|
||||
-164
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "intfloat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef M_E
|
||||
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LN2
|
||||
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LN10
|
||||
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
|
||||
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PHI
|
||||
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI
|
||||
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_PI_2
|
||||
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
|
||||
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef M_SQRT2
|
||||
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef NAN
|
||||
#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef INFINITY
|
||||
#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVRounding {
|
||||
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
|
||||
* If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
|
||||
* undefined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
|
||||
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
|
||||
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
|
||||
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
|
||||
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
|
||||
enum AVRounding) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
|
||||
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
|
||||
* is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
|
||||
* @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
|
||||
* That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
|
||||
* significant log2(mod) bits are known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mod must be a power of 2
|
||||
* @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
|
||||
* a positive value if a is greater than b
|
||||
* 0 if a equals b
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param in_tb Input timebase
|
||||
* @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
|
||||
* @param duration duration till the next call
|
||||
* @param out_tb Output timebase
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a value to a timestamp.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
|
||||
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase
|
||||
* @param inc value to add to ts
|
||||
* @param inc_tb inc timebase
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
|
||||
-81
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern const int av_md5_size;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVMD5;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMD5 context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize MD5 hashing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param src input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hash an array of data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
|
||||
* @param src The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
|
||||
-389
@@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* memory handling functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "error.h"
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_alloc_size(...)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc().
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or NULL.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
* @see av_fast_realloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
|
||||
* - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
|
||||
* integer overflow.
|
||||
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
|
||||
* leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate an array.
|
||||
* If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or NULL.
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
|
||||
* If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
|
||||
* av_realloc().
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
|
||||
* @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
|
||||
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
|
||||
* @see av_freep()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
|
||||
* zero all the bytes of the block.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
|
||||
* zero all the bytes of the block.
|
||||
* The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
|
||||
* to INT_MAX.
|
||||
* @param nmemb
|
||||
* @param size
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz().
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
* @see av_malloc_array()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate the string s.
|
||||
* @param s string to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a substring of the string s.
|
||||
* @param s string to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
|
||||
* terminating byte).
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate the buffer p.
|
||||
* @param p buffer to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
|
||||
* copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
|
||||
* av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
|
||||
* be freed.
|
||||
* @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action.
|
||||
* @see av_free()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_freep(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
|
||||
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
|
||||
* allocated structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
|
||||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
|
||||
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem element to add
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
|
||||
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
|
||||
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem element to add
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
|
||||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
|
||||
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
|
||||
* the new added element is not filled.
|
||||
* @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
|
||||
* If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
|
||||
const uint8_t *elem_data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
|
||||
* @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t t = a * b;
|
||||
/* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
|
||||
* are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
|
||||
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
|
||||
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
|
||||
*r = t;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
|
||||
* @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
|
||||
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_realloc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
|
||||
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
|
||||
* handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
|
||||
* @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
|
||||
* @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
|
||||
* *size 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVMotionVector {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
|
||||
* from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
|
||||
* XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t source;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Width and height of the block.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t w, h;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int16_t src_x, src_y;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra flag information.
|
||||
* Currently unused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t flags;
|
||||
} AVMotionVector;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
|
||||
-32
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
|
||||
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
|
||||
-177
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2006-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This header exists to prevent new pixel formats from being accidentally added
|
||||
* to the deprecated list.
|
||||
* Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVPixelFormat enum instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PIX_FMT_NONE = AV_PIX_FMT_NONE,
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
|
||||
PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
|
||||
#if FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
|
||||
PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */
|
||||
PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
|
||||
PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
//the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus
|
||||
//If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately
|
||||
//is better
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big endian
|
||||
PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little endian
|
||||
|
||||
PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H */
|
||||
-901
@@ -1,901 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* AVOptions
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* AVOptions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_data
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
|
||||
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
|
||||
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
|
||||
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
|
||||
* the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
|
||||
* The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
|
||||
* of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
|
||||
* value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
|
||||
* also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
|
||||
* associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
|
||||
* should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* typedef struct test_struct {
|
||||
* AVClass *class;
|
||||
* int int_opt;
|
||||
* char *str_opt;
|
||||
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
|
||||
* int bin_len;
|
||||
* } test_struct;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* static const AVOption test_options[] = {
|
||||
* { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
|
||||
* { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
|
||||
* { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
|
||||
* { NULL },
|
||||
* };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* static const AVClass test_class = {
|
||||
* .class_name = "test class",
|
||||
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
|
||||
* .option = test_options,
|
||||
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
|
||||
* };
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
|
||||
* is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
|
||||
* initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
|
||||
* AVOptions API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
|
||||
* free all the allocated string and binary options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Continuing with the above example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
|
||||
* ret->class = &test_class;
|
||||
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
|
||||
* return ret;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* av_opt_free(*foo);
|
||||
* av_freep(foo);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
|
||||
* It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
|
||||
* AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
|
||||
* libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
|
||||
* codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
|
||||
* parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
|
||||
* implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
|
||||
* parent struct's AVClass.
|
||||
* Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
|
||||
* child_struct field:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* typedef struct child_struct {
|
||||
* AVClass *class;
|
||||
* int flags_opt;
|
||||
* } child_struct;
|
||||
* static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
|
||||
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
|
||||
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
|
||||
* { NULL },
|
||||
* };
|
||||
* static const AVClass child_class = {
|
||||
* .class_name = "child class",
|
||||
* .item_name = av_default_item_name,
|
||||
* .option = child_opts,
|
||||
* .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
|
||||
* };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* test_struct *t = obj;
|
||||
* if (!prev && t->child_struct)
|
||||
* return t->child_struct;
|
||||
* return NULL
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
|
||||
* test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
|
||||
* test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
|
||||
* child_struct right after it is created).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
|
||||
* and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
|
||||
* iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
|
||||
* iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
|
||||
* was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
|
||||
* child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
|
||||
* iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
|
||||
* iterate over all available codecs with private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
|
||||
* It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
|
||||
* field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
|
||||
* create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
|
||||
* with their unit field set to the same string.
|
||||
* Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
|
||||
* constant.
|
||||
* For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
|
||||
* above, put the following into the child_opts array:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
|
||||
* offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
|
||||
* { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
|
||||
* This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
|
||||
* Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
|
||||
* AVFormatContext in libavformat.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
|
||||
* The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
|
||||
* over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
|
||||
* for an option with the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
|
||||
* may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
|
||||
* to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
|
||||
* get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
|
||||
* (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
|
||||
* av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
|
||||
* second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
|
||||
* children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
|
||||
* from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
|
||||
* av_opt_next() on each result).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
|
||||
* When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
|
||||
* user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
|
||||
* non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
|
||||
* option type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
|
||||
* which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
|
||||
* have to free it with av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
|
||||
* AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
|
||||
* are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
|
||||
* filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options
|
||||
* that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
|
||||
* before the file is actually opened.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVOptionType{
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
|
||||
FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOption {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* short English help text
|
||||
* @todo What about other languages?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *help;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
|
||||
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int offset;
|
||||
enum AVOptionType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* the default value for scalar options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
union {
|
||||
int64_t i64;
|
||||
double dbl;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
/* TODO those are unused now */
|
||||
AVRational q;
|
||||
} default_val;
|
||||
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
|
||||
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
|
||||
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
|
||||
#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
|
||||
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
|
||||
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
|
||||
* options and corresponding named constants share the same
|
||||
* unit. May be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *unit;
|
||||
} AVOption;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOptionRange {
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Value range.
|
||||
* For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
|
||||
* For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double value_min, value_max;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Value's component range.
|
||||
* For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
double component_min, component_max;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Range flag.
|
||||
* If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int is_range;
|
||||
} AVOptionRange;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of AVOptionRange structs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of option ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Most of option types use just one component.
|
||||
* Following describes multi-component option types:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
|
||||
* component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
|
||||
* component index 1: range of width.
|
||||
* component index 2: range of height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
|
||||
* provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
|
||||
* av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* int range_index, component_index;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
|
||||
* av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
|
||||
* for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
|
||||
* for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
|
||||
* range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
|
||||
* //do something with range here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOptionRange **range;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of ranges per component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_ranges;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of componentes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_components;
|
||||
} AVOptionRanges;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
|
||||
* AVClass.
|
||||
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
|
||||
* @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
|
||||
* type, then the given string is parsed.
|
||||
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
|
||||
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
|
||||
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
|
||||
* is undefined.
|
||||
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
|
||||
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
|
||||
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
|
||||
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
|
||||
* @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
|
||||
* found
|
||||
* @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored
|
||||
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* error:
|
||||
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
|
||||
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
|
||||
* @deprecated use av_opt_set()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
|
||||
AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
|
||||
int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(FF_CONST_AVUTIL55 void *obj, const AVOption *last);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Show the obj options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
|
||||
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
|
||||
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
|
||||
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
|
||||
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
|
||||
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
|
||||
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
|
||||
* AVOptions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
|
||||
* separate key from value
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
|
||||
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
|
||||
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
|
||||
* cannot be set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
|
||||
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
|
||||
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
|
||||
* delimiter
|
||||
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
|
||||
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
|
||||
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
|
||||
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
|
||||
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
|
||||
* found; after that, all options must be named
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value, for example '='
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
|
||||
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
|
||||
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
|
||||
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
|
||||
* cannot be set
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
|
||||
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
|
||||
* other.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
|
||||
const char *const *shorthand,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free all allocated objects in obj.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
|
||||
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
|
||||
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
|
||||
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
|
||||
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
|
||||
* with av_dict_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
|
||||
* but could not be set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_dict_copy()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
|
||||
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
|
||||
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
|
||||
* with av_dict_free().
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
|
||||
* but could not be set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_dict_copy()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
|
||||
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
|
||||
* or the final NUL)
|
||||
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* key from value, for example '='
|
||||
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
|
||||
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
|
||||
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
|
||||
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
|
||||
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
|
||||
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
|
||||
unsigned flags,
|
||||
char **rkey, char **rval);
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
|
||||
* as NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
|
||||
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
|
||||
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
|
||||
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
|
||||
* @param val string to be evaluated.
|
||||
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the
|
||||
given object first. */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
|
||||
* instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
|
||||
* useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
|
||||
* object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ 0x0002
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
|
||||
* one component for certain option types.
|
||||
* @see AVOptionRanges for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
|
||||
* have all the specified flags set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
|
||||
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
|
||||
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
|
||||
* it belongs to.
|
||||
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
|
||||
* was found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
|
||||
* directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
|
||||
* AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
|
||||
* flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
|
||||
int opt_flags, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
|
||||
* have all the specified flags set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
|
||||
* @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
|
||||
* @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
|
||||
* it belongs to.
|
||||
* @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
|
||||
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
|
||||
* @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
|
||||
* written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
|
||||
* in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
|
||||
* was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
|
||||
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
|
||||
* AVClass describing it.
|
||||
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
|
||||
* or NULL
|
||||
* @return next AVOption or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOption *av_opt_next(FF_CONST_AVUTIL55 void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
|
||||
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
|
||||
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* @param[in] name the name of the field to set
|
||||
* @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
|
||||
* of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
|
||||
* SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
|
||||
* If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
|
||||
* scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
|
||||
* is undefined.
|
||||
* If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
|
||||
* scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
|
||||
* with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
|
||||
* similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
|
||||
* @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
|
||||
* is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* error:
|
||||
* AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
|
||||
* AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
|
||||
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
|
||||
int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
|
||||
* caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a binary option to an integer list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to set options on
|
||||
* @param name name of the binary option
|
||||
* @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
|
||||
* regard to the contents of the list)
|
||||
* @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
|
||||
* @param flags search flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
|
||||
(av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
|
||||
AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
|
||||
av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
|
||||
av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
|
||||
* @param[in] name name of the option to get.
|
||||
* @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
|
||||
* is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
|
||||
* @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
|
||||
int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
|
||||
* be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
|
||||
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
|
||||
* renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
|
||||
* or written to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
|
||||
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
|
||||
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dest Object to copy from
|
||||
* @param src Object to copy into
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, FF_CONST_AVUTIL55 void *src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
|
||||
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
|
||||
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
|
||||
* @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
|
||||
* @param o option to be checked
|
||||
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
|
||||
* 0 when option is not set its default,
|
||||
* <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param obj AVClass object to check option on
|
||||
* @param name option name
|
||||
* @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
|
||||
* @return >0 when option is set to its default,
|
||||
* 0 when option is not set its default,
|
||||
* <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Serialize object's options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create a string containing object's serialized options.
|
||||
* Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
|
||||
* A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
|
||||
* name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize
|
||||
* @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
|
||||
* @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
|
||||
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
|
||||
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
|
||||
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
|
||||
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
|
||||
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
|
||||
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
|
||||
-187
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* misc parsing utilities
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
|
||||
* considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
|
||||
* want to exclude those values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* num:den, a float number or an expression
|
||||
* @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
|
||||
* level of log_ctx
|
||||
* @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
|
||||
av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
|
||||
* width value
|
||||
* @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
|
||||
* height value
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
|
||||
* frame rate
|
||||
* @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
|
||||
* rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
|
||||
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
|
||||
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
|
||||
* component.
|
||||
* The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
|
||||
* hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
|
||||
* represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
|
||||
* 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
|
||||
* If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
|
||||
* The string "random" will result in a random color.
|
||||
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
|
||||
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
|
||||
* containing nothing else than the color.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
|
||||
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
|
||||
* colors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
|
||||
* av_parse_color().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
|
||||
* @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
|
||||
* @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
|
||||
* microseconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
|
||||
* to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
|
||||
* is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
|
||||
* the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
|
||||
* January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
|
||||
* be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
|
||||
|
||||
* @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
|
||||
* - If a date the syntax is:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
|
||||
* now
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
|
||||
* Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
|
||||
* interpreted as UTC.
|
||||
* If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
|
||||
* year-month-day.
|
||||
* - If a duration the syntax is:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
|
||||
* [-]S+[.m...]
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
|
||||
* zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
|
||||
* store its results in the structure dt.
|
||||
* This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
|
||||
* by the standard strptime().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In particular it actually supports the parameters:
|
||||
* - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '23'
|
||||
* - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
|
||||
* - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '59'
|
||||
* - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
|
||||
* range '00' through '59'
|
||||
* - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
|
||||
* - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
|
||||
* - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
|
||||
* through '31'
|
||||
* - %%: a literal '%'
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this
|
||||
* function call, or NULL in case the function fails to match all of
|
||||
* the fmt string and therefore an error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
|
||||
* Return 1 if found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
|
||||
-385
@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* pixel format descriptor
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t plane : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels minus 1.
|
||||
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t step_minus1 : 3;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements before the component of the first pixel plus 1.
|
||||
* Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t offset_plus1 : 3;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
|
||||
* to get the value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t shift : 3;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of bits in the component minus 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t depth_minus1 : 4;
|
||||
} AVComponentDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
|
||||
* stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
|
||||
* subsampling factors and number of components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
|
||||
* and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
|
||||
* are stored not what these values represent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
|
||||
uint8_t flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
|
||||
* If the format has 2 or 4 components, then alpha is last.
|
||||
* If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
|
||||
* If the format has 3 or 4 components,
|
||||
* if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
|
||||
* otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Alternative comma-separated names.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *alias;
|
||||
} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format is big-endian.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that FFmpeg treats it as
|
||||
* paletted internally, but the palette is generated by the decoder and is not
|
||||
* stored in the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format has an alpha channel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_PIX_FMT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use the AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_BE AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_PAL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_RGB AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_PSEUDOPAL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL
|
||||
#define PIX_FMT_ALPHA AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The array of all the pixel format descriptors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern attribute_deprecated const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
|
||||
* pixel format component c to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to dst
|
||||
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
|
||||
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
|
||||
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
|
||||
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
|
||||
* image line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src array containing the values to write
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
|
||||
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to the image line
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
|
||||
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
|
||||
* format of name.
|
||||
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
|
||||
* then for "gray16le".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
|
||||
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of buf
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
|
||||
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
|
||||
* corresponding header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
|
||||
* described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
|
||||
* of bits per sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
|
||||
* used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
|
||||
* not counted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
|
||||
* described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
|
||||
* this pixel format is unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
|
||||
* is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
|
||||
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
|
||||
* valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
|
||||
* Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
|
||||
* you do check the return code!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
|
||||
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
|
||||
int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
|
||||
* valid pixel format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
void ff_check_pixfmt_descriptors(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
|
||||
* otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
|
||||
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
|
||||
* pixel format to another.
|
||||
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
|
||||
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
|
||||
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
|
||||
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
|
||||
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
|
||||
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
|
||||
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
|
||||
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
|
||||
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
|
||||
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
|
||||
int has_alpha);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
|
||||
* pixel format to another.
|
||||
* When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
|
||||
* For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
|
||||
* be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
|
||||
* other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
|
||||
* resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
|
||||
* of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
|
||||
* av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
|
||||
* which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
|
||||
* @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
|
||||
* @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
|
||||
* (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
|
||||
-52
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
|
||||
const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
|
||||
* function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w_bits 1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
|
||||
* @param h_bits 1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
|
||||
* @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
|
||||
* src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
|
||||
* If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
|
||||
* aligned on the block size.
|
||||
* If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
|
||||
* alignment.
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
|
||||
* invalid parameters)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
|
||||
int aligned, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user